ETH Price: $3,676.86 (+3.39%)

Transaction Decoder

Block:
14256105 at Feb-22-2022 01:24:00 PM +UTC
Transaction Fee:
0.043135557823491111 ETH $158.60
Gas Used:
1,026,729 Gas / 42.012602959 Gwei

Emitted Events:

158 WETH9.Transfer( src=[Sender] 0x3f32613fd7f10f47469e344de162d72e619fd94e, dst=[Receiver] GemSwap, wad=2415000000000000000 )
159 WETH9.Withdrawal( src=[Receiver] GemSwap, wad=2415000000000000000 )
160 HuxleyComics.Approval( owner=0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51, approved=0x00000000...000000000, tokenId=19005 )
161 HuxleyComics.Transfer( from=0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51, to=[Sender] 0x3f32613fd7f10f47469e344de162d72e619fd94e, tokenId=19005 )
162 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.OrdersMatched( buyHash=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, sellHash=694CC80973FB7E86C395D885B97B1B1C3575314C5278E47E7186F5C049823DA1, maker=0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51, taker=[Receiver] GemSwap, price=331000000000000000, metadata=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
163 HuxleyComics.Approval( owner=0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51, approved=0x00000000...000000000, tokenId=19000 )
164 HuxleyComics.Transfer( from=0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51, to=[Sender] 0x3f32613fd7f10f47469e344de162d72e619fd94e, tokenId=19000 )
165 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.OrdersMatched( buyHash=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, sellHash=EE007C7DBCE6D9B0ABF46458157160220570DF12103BC206C437FEA4E27BFD1D, maker=0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51, taker=[Receiver] GemSwap, price=332000000000000000, metadata=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
166 HuxleyComics.Approval( owner=0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8, approved=0x00000000...000000000, tokenId=14849 )
167 HuxleyComics.Transfer( from=0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8, to=[Sender] 0x3f32613fd7f10f47469e344de162d72e619fd94e, tokenId=14849 )
168 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.OrdersMatched( buyHash=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, sellHash=EB7AA72A61067E97665E2CDB1EB54E6BFFA248CF5DBB3F9B2F2C030049069A99, maker=0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8, taker=[Receiver] GemSwap, price=330000000000000000, metadata=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
169 HuxleyComics.Approval( owner=0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8, approved=0x00000000...000000000, tokenId=14845 )
170 HuxleyComics.Transfer( from=0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8, to=[Sender] 0x3f32613fd7f10f47469e344de162d72e619fd94e, tokenId=14845 )
171 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.OrdersMatched( buyHash=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, sellHash=329456A64182B90D9F4110D4980DBC26606F8CEF1013725E44C91AA97F077C8B, maker=0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8, taker=[Receiver] GemSwap, price=332000000000000000, metadata=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )
172 HuxleyComics.Approval( owner=0x348da195bcece2e4713b9505390cbd9e153830ae, approved=0x00000000...000000000, tokenId=1290 )
173 HuxleyComics.Transfer( from=0x348da195bcece2e4713b9505390cbd9e153830ae, to=[Sender] 0x3f32613fd7f10f47469e344de162d72e619fd94e, tokenId=1290 )
174 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.OrdersMatched( buyHash=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, sellHash=E11A612038F3C1ADF2A3579DEF0E5D26629ED6AFF49BD7747D21185AD40D4EAA, maker=0x348da195bcece2e4713b9505390cbd9e153830ae, taker=[Receiver] GemSwap, price=1090000000000000000, metadata=0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 )

Account State Difference:

  Address   Before After State Difference Code
0x348dA195...E153830AE 0.151986760765050627 Eth1.105736760765050627 Eth0.95375
0x3F32613F...e619fD94E
0.265185488442695515 Eth
Nonce: 216
0.222049930619204404 Eth
Nonce: 217
0.043135557823491111
0x5b325696...807C01073
(OpenSea: Wallet)
14,180.77520365780427963 Eth14,181.07707865780427963 Eth0.301875
0x674F2f9b...8ea944AB8 2.525587695758744 Eth3.104837695758744 Eth0.57925
0x7f268357...42bB538E5
0x9Ca8887D...e2c97957f
(Miner: 0xb7e...707)
4.075690912422441748 Eth4.077231005922441748 Eth0.0015400935
0xbD7B4757...C5dbb7d51 2.083839294311363479 Eth2.663964294311363479 Eth0.580125
0xC02aaA39...83C756Cc2 7,469,290.116331880116854812 Eth7,469,287.701331880116854812 Eth2.415

Execution Trace

GemSwap.batchBuyWithERC20s( erc20Details=[{name:tokenAddrs, type:address[], order:1, indexed:false, value:[0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2], valueString:[0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2]}, {name:amounts, type:uint256[], order:2, indexed:false, value:[2415000000000000000], valueString:[2415000000000000000]}], tradeDetails=, converstionDetails=, dustTokens=[0xC02aaA39b223FE8D0A0e5C4F27eAD9083C756Cc2] )
  • WETH9.transferFrom( src=0x3F32613Fd7f10F47469e344dE162d72e619fD94E, dst=0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2, wad=2415000000000000000 ) => ( True )
  • 0x97fb625482464eb51e8f65291515de1f68526337.6a0557b0( )
    • WETH9.withdraw( wad=2415000000000000000 )
      • ETH 2.415 GemSwap.CALL( )
      • MarketRegistry.markets( 10 ) => ( proxy=0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, isLib=False, isActive=True )
      • ETH 0.331 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.atomicMatch_( addrs=[0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0xbD7B4757F936379595ed5772EB05487C5dbb7d51, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x5b3256965e7C3cF26E11FCAf296DfC8807C01073, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000], uints=[0, 0, 0, 0, 331000000000000000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1250, 0, 0, 0, 331000000000000000, 0, 1645532719, 1645658691, 334658111708862743539586424309380702426083516361912904659311730808283200782], feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls=[1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1], calldataBuy=0xFB16A59500000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004A3D000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, calldataSell=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000BD7B4757F936379595ED5772EB05487C5DBB7D5100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004A3D000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternBuy=0x00000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternSell=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, staticExtradataBuy=0x, staticExtradataSell=0x, vs=[0, 28], rssMetadata=[AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHI=, MLC2ihEQuPnQALy5KV4JJkVdF4lRnDdlRuyHTmB6NT8=, QmfQcCsjVS4/o2wRL6s6iRWIcfLauvXV1JodCdWxRZY=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=] )
        • Null: 0x000...001.694cc809( )
        • WyvernProxyRegistry.proxies( 0xbD7B4757F936379595ed5772EB05487C5dbb7d51 ) => ( 0x80412513aB7a7A849E51085C8a5F6905d8a4A0DC )
        • ETH 0.041375 OpenSea: Wallet.CALL( )
        • ETH 0.289625 0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51.CALL( )
        • WyvernProxyRegistry.CALL( )
        • OwnableDelegateProxy.CALL( )
        • OwnableDelegateProxy.1b0f7ba9( )
          • AuthenticatedProxy.proxy( dest=0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, howToCall=1, calldata=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000BD7B4757F936379595ED5772EB05487C5DBB7D510000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004A3D000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( result=True )
            • WyvernProxyRegistry.contracts( 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5 ) => ( True )
            • MerkleValidator.matchERC721UsingCriteria( ) => ( True )
              • HuxleyComics.transferFrom( from=0xbD7B4757F936379595ed5772EB05487C5dbb7d51, to=0x3F32613Fd7f10F47469e344dE162d72e619fD94E, tokenId=19005 )
              • MarketRegistry.markets( 10 ) => ( proxy=0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, isLib=False, isActive=True )
              • ETH 0.332 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.atomicMatch_( addrs=[0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0xbD7B4757F936379595ed5772EB05487C5dbb7d51, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x5b3256965e7C3cF26E11FCAf296DfC8807C01073, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000], uints=[0, 0, 0, 0, 332000000000000000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1250, 0, 0, 0, 332000000000000000, 0, 1645532736, 1645658777, 58580102235206530677117698465758220281003032436529455678371773140045001917210], feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls=[1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1], calldataBuy=0xFB16A59500000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004A38000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, calldataSell=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000BD7B4757F936379595ED5772EB05487C5DBB7D5100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004A38000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternBuy=0x00000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternSell=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, staticExtradataBuy=0x, staticExtradataSell=0x, vs=[0, 27], rssMetadata=[AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHI=, W7ZyUF7fR6Sm7w3cKhgg812CSrH8vTFKaNV6Pc7UCmI=, N7YL9zHoslMk6zk/sBKUMM8uUnyK21vKgGiEP/pp0n4=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=] )
                • Null: 0x000...001.ee007c7d( )
                • WyvernProxyRegistry.proxies( 0xbD7B4757F936379595ed5772EB05487C5dbb7d51 ) => ( 0x80412513aB7a7A849E51085C8a5F6905d8a4A0DC )
                • ETH 0.0415 OpenSea: Wallet.CALL( )
                • ETH 0.2905 0xbd7b4757f936379595ed5772eb05487c5dbb7d51.CALL( )
                • WyvernProxyRegistry.CALL( )
                • OwnableDelegateProxy.CALL( )
                • OwnableDelegateProxy.1b0f7ba9( )
                  • AuthenticatedProxy.proxy( dest=0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, howToCall=1, calldata=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000BD7B4757F936379595ED5772EB05487C5DBB7D510000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000004A38000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( result=True )
                    • WyvernProxyRegistry.contracts( 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5 ) => ( True )
                    • MerkleValidator.matchERC721UsingCriteria( ) => ( True )
                      • HuxleyComics.transferFrom( from=0xbD7B4757F936379595ed5772EB05487C5dbb7d51, to=0x3F32613Fd7f10F47469e344dE162d72e619fD94E, tokenId=19000 )
                      • MarketRegistry.markets( 10 ) => ( proxy=0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, isLib=False, isActive=True )
                      • ETH 0.33 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.atomicMatch_( addrs=[0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x674F2f9b3DE6c429B18cE49Dbc626538ea944AB8, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x5b3256965e7C3cF26E11FCAf296DfC8807C01073, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000], uints=[0, 0, 0, 0, 330000000000000000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1250, 0, 0, 0, 330000000000000000, 0, 1645533620, 1645701669, 59920658736688443769168629924109657622765844954305921948940252030507081141135], feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls=[1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1], calldataBuy=0xFB16A59500000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003A01000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, calldataSell=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000674F2F9B3DE6C429B18CE49DBC626538EA944AB800000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003A01000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternBuy=0x00000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternSell=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, staticExtradataBuy=0x, staticExtradataSell=0x, vs=[0, 28], rssMetadata=[AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHI=, eUH2PT4IWq9bwGsghV0CgAaXKHUzaqnhMI5HsJRnto0=, KsNyoIP8qMb+6fgKONZpYpdBEuWx6d2eUdV/CA0gJVI=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=] )
                        • Null: 0x000...001.eb7aa72a( )
                        • WyvernProxyRegistry.proxies( 0x674F2f9b3DE6c429B18cE49Dbc626538ea944AB8 ) => ( 0xEf1267ea6f4bc475bF06B088d228DE72dd8c3CB5 )
                        • ETH 0.04125 OpenSea: Wallet.CALL( )
                        • ETH 0.28875 0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8.CALL( )
                        • WyvernProxyRegistry.CALL( )
                        • OwnableDelegateProxy.CALL( )
                        • OwnableDelegateProxy.1b0f7ba9( )
                          • AuthenticatedProxy.proxy( dest=0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, howToCall=1, calldata=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000674F2F9B3DE6C429B18CE49DBC626538EA944AB80000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003A01000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( result=True )
                            • WyvernProxyRegistry.contracts( 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5 ) => ( True )
                            • MerkleValidator.matchERC721UsingCriteria( ) => ( True )
                              • HuxleyComics.transferFrom( from=0x674F2f9b3DE6c429B18cE49Dbc626538ea944AB8, to=0x3F32613Fd7f10F47469e344dE162d72e619fD94E, tokenId=14849 )
                              • MarketRegistry.markets( 10 ) => ( proxy=0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, isLib=False, isActive=True )
                              • ETH 0.332 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.atomicMatch_( addrs=[0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x674F2f9b3DE6c429B18cE49Dbc626538ea944AB8, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x5b3256965e7C3cF26E11FCAf296DfC8807C01073, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000], uints=[0, 0, 0, 0, 332000000000000000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1250, 0, 0, 0, 332000000000000000, 0, 1645533667, 1645701743, 78300171687028216558166031480660005705907201607633420796247667205862424134943], feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls=[1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1], calldataBuy=0xFB16A59500000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000039FD000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, calldataSell=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000674F2F9B3DE6C429B18CE49DBC626538EA944AB800000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000039FD000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternBuy=0x00000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternSell=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, staticExtradataBuy=0x, staticExtradataSell=0x, vs=[0, 27], rssMetadata=[AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHI=, yR6SJ4TvL3SMP2oJxdUN24HaMSOtVjv9Ssi85fE9Byk=, BiFj6OgWlWkfC3JNP/t+S1+yz/PQ0TXUqqdP4nnJfMI=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=] )
                                • Null: 0x000...001.329456a6( )
                                • WyvernProxyRegistry.proxies( 0x674F2f9b3DE6c429B18cE49Dbc626538ea944AB8 ) => ( 0xEf1267ea6f4bc475bF06B088d228DE72dd8c3CB5 )
                                • ETH 0.0415 OpenSea: Wallet.CALL( )
                                • ETH 0.2905 0x674f2f9b3de6c429b18ce49dbc626538ea944ab8.CALL( )
                                • WyvernProxyRegistry.CALL( )
                                • OwnableDelegateProxy.CALL( )
                                • OwnableDelegateProxy.1b0f7ba9( )
                                  • AuthenticatedProxy.proxy( dest=0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, howToCall=1, calldata=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000674F2F9B3DE6C429B18CE49DBC626538EA944AB80000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000039FD000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( result=True )
                                    • WyvernProxyRegistry.contracts( 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5 ) => ( True )
                                    • MerkleValidator.matchERC721UsingCriteria( ) => ( True )
                                      • HuxleyComics.transferFrom( from=0x674F2f9b3DE6c429B18cE49Dbc626538ea944AB8, to=0x3F32613Fd7f10F47469e344dE162d72e619fD94E, tokenId=14845 )
                                      • MarketRegistry.markets( 10 ) => ( proxy=0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, isLib=False, isActive=True )
                                      • ETH 1.09 WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations.atomicMatch_( addrs=[0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5, 0x348dA195BCeCE2e4713B9505390cbD9E153830AE, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x5b3256965e7C3cF26E11FCAf296DfC8807C01073, 0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000], uints=[0, 0, 0, 0, 1090000000000000000, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1250, 0, 0, 0, 1090000000000000000, 0, 1645530836, 1646135719, 47478446261934800817071304845810177495608620141337397204138454419345781346910], feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls=[1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0, 1], calldataBuy=0xFB16A59500000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000050A000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, calldataSell=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000348DA195BCECE2E4713B9505390CBD9E153830AE00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000050A000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternBuy=0x00000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, replacementPatternSell=0x000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000, staticExtradataBuy=0x, staticExtradataSell=0x, vs=[0, 28], rssMetadata=[AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHI=, P8ubjMaNv6DaCCIqZPs7v/614qlg4T25issSodjUFGs=, UOUZVyaqfZvnipMvQAGJ/my58iYzcKTTPwOs2ndtOPw=, AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA=] )
                                        • Null: 0x000...001.e11a6120( )
                                        • WyvernProxyRegistry.proxies( 0x348dA195BCeCE2e4713B9505390cbD9E153830AE ) => ( 0xF4975261051f9915626eD510C6cbE270fb3e9Adc )
                                        • ETH 0.13625 OpenSea: Wallet.CALL( )
                                        • ETH 0.95375 0x348da195bcece2e4713b9505390cbd9e153830ae.CALL( )
                                        • WyvernProxyRegistry.CALL( )
                                        • OwnableDelegateProxy.CALL( )
                                        • OwnableDelegateProxy.1b0f7ba9( )
                                          • AuthenticatedProxy.proxy( dest=0xBAf2127B49fC93CbcA6269FAdE0F7F31dF4c88a7, howToCall=1, calldata=0xFB16A595000000000000000000000000348DA195BCECE2E4713B9505390CBD9E153830AE0000000000000000000000003F32613FD7F10F47469E344DE162D72E619FD94E0000000000000000000000009CA8887D13BC4591AE36972702FDF9DE2C97957F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000050A000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000C00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000 ) => ( result=True )
                                            • WyvernProxyRegistry.contracts( 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5 ) => ( True )
                                            • MerkleValidator.matchERC721UsingCriteria( ) => ( True )
                                              • HuxleyComics.transferFrom( from=0x348dA195BCeCE2e4713B9505390cbD9E153830AE, to=0x3F32613Fd7f10F47469e344dE162d72e619fD94E, tokenId=1290 )
                                              • WETH9.balanceOf( 0x83C8F28c26bF6aaca652Df1DbBE0e1b56F8baBa2 ) => ( 0 )
                                                File 1 of 11: GemSwap
                                                // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
                                                import "./utils/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
                                                import "./markets/MarketRegistry.sol";
                                                import "./SpecialTransferHelper.sol";
                                                import "../../interfaces/markets/tokens/IERC20.sol";
                                                import "../../interfaces/markets/tokens/IERC721.sol";
                                                import "../../interfaces/markets/tokens/IERC1155.sol";
                                                contract GemSwap is SpecialTransferHelper, Ownable, ReentrancyGuard {
                                                    struct OpenseaTrades {
                                                        uint256 value;
                                                        bytes tradeData;
                                                    }
                                                    struct ERC20Details {
                                                        address[] tokenAddrs;
                                                        uint256[] amounts;
                                                    }
                                                    struct ERC1155Details {
                                                        address tokenAddr;
                                                        uint256[] ids;
                                                        uint256[] amounts;
                                                    }
                                                    struct ConverstionDetails {
                                                        bytes conversionData;
                                                    }
                                                    struct AffiliateDetails {
                                                        address affiliate;
                                                        bool isActive;
                                                    }
                                                    struct SponsoredMarket {
                                                        uint256 marketId;
                                                        bool isActive;
                                                    }
                                                    address public constant GOV = 0x83d841bC0450D5Ac35DCAd8d05Db53EbA29978c2;
                                                    address public guardian;
                                                    address public converter;
                                                    address public punkProxy;
                                                    uint256 public baseFees;
                                                    bool public openForTrades;
                                                    bool public openForFreeTrades;
                                                    MarketRegistry public marketRegistry;
                                                    AffiliateDetails[] public affiliates;
                                                    SponsoredMarket[] public sponsoredMarkets;
                                                    modifier isOpenForTrades() {
                                                        require(openForTrades, "trades not allowed");
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                    modifier isOpenForFreeTrades() {
                                                        require(openForFreeTrades, "free trades not allowed");
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                    constructor(address _marketRegistry, address _converter, address _guardian) {
                                                        marketRegistry = MarketRegistry(_marketRegistry);
                                                        converter = _converter;
                                                        guardian = _guardian;
                                                        baseFees = 0;
                                                        openForTrades = true;
                                                        openForFreeTrades = true;
                                                        affiliates.push(AffiliateDetails(GOV, true));
                                                    }
                                                    function setUp() external onlyOwner {
                                                        // Create CryptoPunk Proxy
                                                        IWrappedPunk(0xb7F7F6C52F2e2fdb1963Eab30438024864c313F6).registerProxy();
                                                        punkProxy = IWrappedPunk(0xb7F7F6C52F2e2fdb1963Eab30438024864c313F6).proxyInfo(address(this));
                                                        // approve wrapped mooncats rescue to Acclimated​MoonCats contract
                                                        IERC721(0x7C40c393DC0f283F318791d746d894DdD3693572).setApprovalForAll(0xc3f733ca98E0daD0386979Eb96fb1722A1A05E69, true);
                                                    }
                                                    // @audit This function is used to approve specific tokens to specific market contracts with high volume.
                                                    // This is done in very rare cases for the gas optimization purposes. 
                                                    function setOneTimeApproval(IERC20 token, address operator, uint256 amount) external onlyOwner {
                                                        token.approve(operator, amount);
                                                    }
                                                    function updateGuardian(address _guardian) external onlyOwner {
                                                        guardian = _guardian;
                                                    }
                                                    function addAffiliate(address _affiliate) external onlyOwner {
                                                        affiliates.push(AffiliateDetails(_affiliate, true));
                                                    }
                                                    function updateAffiliate(uint256 _affiliateIndex, address _affiliate, bool _IsActive) external onlyOwner {
                                                        affiliates[_affiliateIndex] = AffiliateDetails(_affiliate, _IsActive);
                                                    }
                                                    function addSponsoredMarket(uint256 _marketId) external onlyOwner {
                                                        sponsoredMarkets.push(SponsoredMarket(_marketId, true));
                                                    }
                                                    function updateSponsoredMarket(uint256 _marketIndex, uint256 _marketId, bool _isActive) external onlyOwner {
                                                        sponsoredMarkets[_marketIndex] = SponsoredMarket(_marketId, _isActive);
                                                    }
                                                    function setBaseFees(uint256 _baseFees) external onlyOwner {
                                                        baseFees = _baseFees;
                                                    }
                                                    function setOpenForTrades(bool _openForTrades) external onlyOwner {
                                                        openForTrades = _openForTrades;
                                                    }
                                                    function setOpenForFreeTrades(bool _openForFreeTrades) external onlyOwner {
                                                        openForFreeTrades = _openForFreeTrades;
                                                    }
                                                    // @audit we will setup a system that will monitor the contract for any leftover
                                                    // assets. In case any asset is leftover, the system should be able to trigger this
                                                    // function to close all the trades until the leftover assets are rescued.
                                                    function closeAllTrades() external {
                                                        require(_msgSender() == guardian);
                                                        openForTrades = false;
                                                        openForFreeTrades = false;
                                                    }
                                                    function setConverter(address _converter) external onlyOwner {
                                                        converter = _converter;
                                                    }
                                                    function setMarketRegistry(MarketRegistry _marketRegistry) external onlyOwner {
                                                        marketRegistry = _marketRegistry;
                                                    }
                                                    function _transferEth(address _to, uint256 _amount) internal {
                                                        bool callStatus;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
                                                            callStatus := call(gas(), _to, _amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
                                                        }
                                                        require(callStatus, "_transferEth: Eth transfer failed");
                                                    }
                                                    function _collectFee(uint256[2] memory feeDetails) internal {
                                                        require(feeDetails[1] >= baseFees, "Insufficient fee");
                                                        if (feeDetails[1] > 0) {
                                                            AffiliateDetails memory affiliateDetails = affiliates[feeDetails[0]];
                                                            affiliateDetails.isActive
                                                                ? _transferEth(affiliateDetails.affiliate, feeDetails[1])
                                                                : _transferEth(GOV, feeDetails[1]);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _checkCallResult(bool _success) internal pure {
                                                        if (!_success) {
                                                            // Copy revert reason from call
                                                            assembly {
                                                                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                                                                revert(0, returndatasize())
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _transferFromHelper(
                                                        ERC20Details memory erc20Details,
                                                        SpecialTransferHelper.ERC721Details[] memory erc721Details,
                                                        ERC1155Details[] memory erc1155Details
                                                    ) internal {
                                                        // transfer ERC20 tokens from the sender to this contract
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc20Details.tokenAddrs.length; i++) {
                                                            erc20Details.tokenAddrs[i].call(abi.encodeWithSelector(0x23b872dd, msg.sender, address(this), erc20Details.amounts[i]));
                                                        }
                                                        // transfer ERC721 tokens from the sender to this contract
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc721Details.length; i++) {
                                                            // accept CryptoPunks
                                                            if (erc721Details[i].tokenAddr == 0xb47e3cd837dDF8e4c57F05d70Ab865de6e193BBB) {
                                                                _acceptCryptoPunk(erc721Details[i]);
                                                            }
                                                            // accept Mooncat
                                                            else if (erc721Details[i].tokenAddr == 0x60cd862c9C687A9dE49aecdC3A99b74A4fc54aB6) {
                                                                _acceptMoonCat(erc721Details[i]);
                                                            }
                                                            // default
                                                            else {
                                                                for (uint256 j = 0; j < erc721Details[i].ids.length; j++) {
                                                                    IERC721(erc721Details[i].tokenAddr).transferFrom(
                                                                        _msgSender(),
                                                                        address(this),
                                                                        erc721Details[i].ids[j]
                                                                    );
                                                                }
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                        // transfer ERC1155 tokens from the sender to this contract
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc1155Details.length; i++) {
                                                            IERC1155(erc1155Details[i].tokenAddr).safeBatchTransferFrom(
                                                                _msgSender(),
                                                                address(this),
                                                                erc1155Details[i].ids,
                                                                erc1155Details[i].amounts,
                                                                ""
                                                            );
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _conversionHelper(
                                                        ConverstionDetails[] memory _converstionDetails
                                                    ) internal {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _converstionDetails.length; i++) {
                                                            // convert to desired asset
                                                            (bool success, ) = converter.delegatecall(_converstionDetails[i].conversionData);
                                                            // check if the call passed successfully
                                                            _checkCallResult(success);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _trade(
                                                        MarketRegistry.TradeDetails[] memory _tradeDetails
                                                    ) internal {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tradeDetails.length; i++) {
                                                            // get market details
                                                            (address _proxy, bool _isLib, bool _isActive) = marketRegistry.markets(_tradeDetails[i].marketId);
                                                            // market should be active
                                                            require(_isActive, "_trade: InActive Market");
                                                            // execute trade
                                                            if (_proxy == 0x7Be8076f4EA4A4AD08075C2508e481d6C946D12b || _proxy == 0x7f268357A8c2552623316e2562D90e642bB538E5) {
                                                                _proxy.call{value:_tradeDetails[i].value}(_tradeDetails[i].tradeData);
                                                            } else {
                                                                (bool success, ) = _isLib
                                                                    ? _proxy.delegatecall(_tradeDetails[i].tradeData)
                                                                    : _proxy.call{value:_tradeDetails[i].value}(_tradeDetails[i].tradeData);
                                                                // check if the call passed successfully
                                                                _checkCallResult(success);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    // function _tradeSponsored(
                                                    //     MarketRegistry.TradeDetails[] memory _tradeDetails,
                                                    //     uint256 sponsoredMarketId
                                                    // ) internal returns (bool isSponsored) {
                                                    //     for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tradeDetails.length; i++) {
                                                    //         // check if the trade is for the sponsored market
                                                    //         if (_tradeDetails[i].marketId == sponsoredMarketId) {
                                                    //             isSponsored = true;
                                                    //         }
                                                    //         // get market details
                                                    //         (address _proxy, bool _isLib, bool _isActive) = marketRegistry.markets(_tradeDetails[i].marketId);
                                                    //         // market should be active
                                                    //         require(_isActive, "_trade: InActive Market");
                                                    //         // execute trade
                                                    //         if (_proxy == 0x7Be8076f4EA4A4AD08075C2508e481d6C946D12b) {
                                                    //             _proxy.call{value:_tradeDetails[i].value}(_tradeDetails[i].tradeData);
                                                    //         } else {
                                                    //             (bool success, ) = _isLib
                                                    //                 ? _proxy.delegatecall(_tradeDetails[i].tradeData)
                                                    //                 : _proxy.call{value:_tradeDetails[i].value}(_tradeDetails[i].tradeData);
                                                    //             // check if the call passed successfully
                                                    //             _checkCallResult(success);
                                                    //         }
                                                    //     }
                                                    // }
                                                    function _returnDust(address[] memory _tokens) internal {
                                                        // return remaining ETH (if any)
                                                        assembly {
                                                            if gt(selfbalance(), 0) {
                                                                let callStatus := call(
                                                                    gas(),
                                                                    caller(),
                                                                    selfbalance(),
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0
                                                                )
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                        // return remaining tokens (if any)
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _tokens.length; i++) {
                                                            if (IERC20(_tokens[i]).balanceOf(address(this)) > 0) {
                                                                _tokens[i].call(abi.encodeWithSelector(0xa9059cbb, msg.sender, IERC20(_tokens[i]).balanceOf(address(this))));
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function batchBuyFromOpenSea(
                                                        OpenseaTrades[] memory openseaTrades
                                                    ) payable external nonReentrant {
                                                        // execute trades
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < openseaTrades.length; i++) {
                                                            // execute trade
                                                            address(0x7Be8076f4EA4A4AD08075C2508e481d6C946D12b).call{value:openseaTrades[i].value}(openseaTrades[i].tradeData);
                                                        }
                                                        // return remaining ETH (if any)
                                                        assembly {
                                                            if gt(selfbalance(), 0) {
                                                                let callStatus := call(
                                                                    gas(),
                                                                    caller(),
                                                                    selfbalance(),
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0
                                                                )
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    
                                                    function batchBuyWithETH(
                                                        MarketRegistry.TradeDetails[] memory tradeDetails
                                                    ) payable external nonReentrant {
                                                        // execute trades
                                                        _trade(tradeDetails);
                                                        // return remaining ETH (if any)
                                                        assembly {
                                                            if gt(selfbalance(), 0) {
                                                                let callStatus := call(
                                                                    gas(),
                                                                    caller(),
                                                                    selfbalance(),
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0,
                                                                    0
                                                                )
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function batchBuyWithERC20s(
                                                        ERC20Details memory erc20Details,
                                                        MarketRegistry.TradeDetails[] memory tradeDetails,
                                                        ConverstionDetails[] memory converstionDetails,
                                                        address[] memory dustTokens
                                                    ) payable external nonReentrant {
                                                        // transfer ERC20 tokens from the sender to this contract
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc20Details.tokenAddrs.length; i++) {
                                                            erc20Details.tokenAddrs[i].call(abi.encodeWithSelector(0x23b872dd, msg.sender, address(this), erc20Details.amounts[i]));
                                                        }
                                                        // Convert any assets if needed
                                                        _conversionHelper(converstionDetails);
                                                        // execute trades
                                                        _trade(tradeDetails);
                                                        // return dust tokens (if any)
                                                        _returnDust(dustTokens);
                                                    }
                                                    // swaps any combination of ERC-20/721/1155
                                                    // User needs to approve assets before invoking swap
                                                    // WARNING: DO NOT SEND TOKENS TO THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!!!
                                                    function multiAssetSwap(
                                                        ERC20Details memory erc20Details,
                                                        SpecialTransferHelper.ERC721Details[] memory erc721Details,
                                                        ERC1155Details[] memory erc1155Details,
                                                        ConverstionDetails[] memory converstionDetails,
                                                        MarketRegistry.TradeDetails[] memory tradeDetails,
                                                        address[] memory dustTokens,
                                                        uint256[2] memory feeDetails    // [affiliateIndex, ETH fee in Wei]
                                                    ) payable external isOpenForTrades nonReentrant {
                                                        // collect fees
                                                        _collectFee(feeDetails);
                                                        // transfer all tokens
                                                        _transferFromHelper(
                                                            erc20Details,
                                                            erc721Details,
                                                            erc1155Details
                                                        );
                                                        // Convert any assets if needed
                                                        _conversionHelper(converstionDetails);
                                                        // execute trades
                                                        _trade(tradeDetails);
                                                        // return dust tokens (if any)
                                                        _returnDust(dustTokens);
                                                    }
                                                    // Utility function that is used for free swaps for sponsored markets
                                                    // WARNING: DO NOT SEND TOKENS TO THIS FUNCTION DIRECTLY!!! 
                                                    // function multiAssetSwapWithoutFee(
                                                    //     ERC20Details memory erc20Details,
                                                    //     SpecialTransferHelper.ERC721Details[] memory erc721Details,
                                                    //     ERC1155Details[] memory erc1155Details,
                                                    //     ConverstionDetails[] memory converstionDetails,
                                                    //     MarketRegistry.TradeDetails[] memory tradeDetails,
                                                    //     address[] memory dustTokens,
                                                    //     uint256 sponsoredMarketIndex
                                                    // ) payable external isOpenForFreeTrades nonReentrant {
                                                    //     // fetch the marketId of the sponsored market
                                                    //     SponsoredMarket memory sponsoredMarket = sponsoredMarkets[sponsoredMarketIndex];
                                                    //     // check if the market is active
                                                    //     require(sponsoredMarket.isActive, "multiAssetSwapWithoutFee: InActive sponsored market");
                                                // 
                                                    //     // transfer all tokens
                                                    //     _transferFromHelper(
                                                    //         erc20Details,
                                                    //         erc721Details,
                                                    //         erc1155Details
                                                    //     );
                                                // 
                                                    //     // Convert any assets if needed
                                                    //     _conversionHelper(converstionDetails);
                                                // 
                                                    //     // execute trades
                                                    //     bool isSponsored = _tradeSponsored(tradeDetails, sponsoredMarket.marketId);
                                                // 
                                                    //     // check if the trades include the sponsored market
                                                    //     require(isSponsored, "multiAssetSwapWithoutFee: trades do not include sponsored market");
                                                // 
                                                    //     // return dust tokens (if any)
                                                    //     _returnDust(dustTokens);
                                                    // }
                                                    function onERC1155Received(
                                                        address,
                                                        address,
                                                        uint256,
                                                        uint256,
                                                        bytes calldata
                                                    ) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
                                                        return this.onERC1155Received.selector;
                                                    }
                                                    function onERC1155BatchReceived(
                                                        address,
                                                        address,
                                                        uint256[] calldata,
                                                        uint256[] calldata,
                                                        bytes calldata
                                                    ) public virtual returns (bytes4) {
                                                        return this.onERC1155BatchReceived.selector;
                                                    }
                                                    function onERC721Received(
                                                        address,
                                                        address,
                                                        uint256,
                                                        bytes calldata
                                                    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
                                                        return 0x150b7a02;
                                                    }
                                                    // Used by ERC721BasicToken.sol
                                                    function onERC721Received(
                                                        address,
                                                        uint256,
                                                        bytes calldata
                                                    ) external virtual returns (bytes4) {
                                                        return 0xf0b9e5ba;
                                                    }
                                                    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
                                                        external
                                                        virtual
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        return interfaceId == this.supportsInterface.selector;
                                                    }
                                                    receive() external payable {}
                                                    // Emergency function: In case any ETH get stuck in the contract unintentionally
                                                    // Only owner can retrieve the asset balance to a recipient address
                                                    function rescueETH(address recipient) onlyOwner external {
                                                        _transferEth(recipient, address(this).balance);
                                                    }
                                                    // Emergency function: In case any ERC20 tokens get stuck in the contract unintentionally
                                                    // Only owner can retrieve the asset balance to a recipient address
                                                    function rescueERC20(address asset, address recipient) onlyOwner external { 
                                                        asset.call(abi.encodeWithSelector(0xa9059cbb, recipient, IERC20(asset).balanceOf(address(this))));
                                                    }
                                                    // Emergency function: In case any ERC721 tokens get stuck in the contract unintentionally
                                                    // Only owner can retrieve the asset balance to a recipient address
                                                    function rescueERC721(address asset, uint256[] calldata ids, address recipient) onlyOwner external {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
                                                            IERC721(asset).transferFrom(address(this), recipient, ids[i]);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    // Emergency function: In case any ERC1155 tokens get stuck in the contract unintentionally
                                                    // Only owner can retrieve the asset balance to a recipient address
                                                    function rescueERC1155(address asset, uint256[] calldata ids, uint256[] calldata amounts, address recipient) onlyOwner external {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < ids.length; i++) {
                                                            IERC1155(asset).safeTransferFrom(address(this), recipient, ids[i], amounts[i], "");
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                import "../utils/Context.sol";
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                                                 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                                                 * specific functions.
                                                 *
                                                 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                                                 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                                                 *
                                                 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                                                 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                                                 * the owner.
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                                                    address private _owner;
                                                    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                                     */
                                                    constructor() {
                                                        _setOwner(_msgSender());
                                                    }
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                                        return _owner;
                                                    }
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyOwner() {
                                                        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                                     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                                     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                                        _setOwner(address(0));
                                                    }
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                                     * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                                        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                                        _setOwner(newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                    function _setOwner(address newOwner) private {
                                                        address oldOwner = _owner;
                                                        _owner = newOwner;
                                                        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                /// @notice Gas optimized reentrancy protection for smart contracts.
                                                /// @author Modified from OpenZeppelin (https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol)
                                                abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
                                                    uint256 private reentrancyStatus = 1;
                                                    modifier nonReentrant() {
                                                        require(reentrancyStatus == 1, "REENTRANCY");
                                                        reentrancyStatus = 2;
                                                        _;
                                                        reentrancyStatus = 1;
                                                    }
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                import "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";
                                                contract MarketRegistry is Ownable {
                                                    struct TradeDetails {
                                                        uint256 marketId;
                                                        uint256 value;
                                                        bytes tradeData;
                                                    }
                                                    struct Market {
                                                        address proxy;
                                                        bool isLib;
                                                        bool isActive;
                                                    }
                                                    Market[] public markets;
                                                    constructor(address[] memory proxies, bool[] memory isLibs) {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proxies.length; i++) {
                                                            markets.push(Market(proxies[i], isLibs[i], true));
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function addMarket(address proxy, bool isLib) external onlyOwner {
                                                        markets.push(Market(proxy, isLib, true));
                                                    }
                                                    function setMarketStatus(uint256 marketId, bool newStatus) external onlyOwner {
                                                        Market storage market = markets[marketId];
                                                        market.isActive = newStatus;
                                                    }
                                                    function setMarketProxy(uint256 marketId, address newProxy, bool isLib) external onlyOwner {
                                                        Market storage market = markets[marketId];
                                                        market.proxy = newProxy;
                                                        market.isLib = isLib;
                                                    }
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol";
                                                import "../../interfaces/punks/ICryptoPunks.sol";
                                                import "../../interfaces/punks/IWrappedPunk.sol";
                                                import "../../interfaces/mooncats/IMoonCatsRescue.sol";
                                                contract SpecialTransferHelper is Context {
                                                    struct ERC721Details {
                                                        address tokenAddr;
                                                        address[] to;
                                                        uint256[] ids;
                                                    }
                                                    function _uintToBytes5(uint256 id)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (bytes5 slicedDataBytes5)
                                                    {
                                                        bytes memory _bytes = new bytes(32);
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(add(_bytes, 32), id)
                                                        }
                                                        bytes memory tempBytes;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            // Get a location of some free memory and store it in tempBytes as
                                                            // Solidity does for memory variables.
                                                            tempBytes := mload(0x40)
                                                            // The first word of the slice result is potentially a partial
                                                            // word read from the original array. To read it, we calculate
                                                            // the length of that partial word and start copying that many
                                                            // bytes into the array. The first word we copy will start with
                                                            // data we don't care about, but the last `lengthmod` bytes will
                                                            // land at the beginning of the contents of the new array. When
                                                            // we're done copying, we overwrite the full first word with
                                                            // the actual length of the slice.
                                                            let lengthmod := and(5, 31)
                                                            // The multiplication in the next line is necessary
                                                            // because when slicing multiples of 32 bytes (lengthmod == 0)
                                                            // the following copy loop was copying the origin's length
                                                            // and then ending prematurely not copying everything it should.
                                                            let mc := add(add(tempBytes, lengthmod), mul(0x20, iszero(lengthmod)))
                                                            let end := add(mc, 5)
                                                            for {
                                                                // The multiplication in the next line has the same exact purpose
                                                                // as the one above.
                                                                let cc := add(add(add(_bytes, lengthmod), mul(0x20, iszero(lengthmod))), 27)
                                                            } lt(mc, end) {
                                                                mc := add(mc, 0x20)
                                                                cc := add(cc, 0x20)
                                                            } {
                                                                mstore(mc, mload(cc))
                                                            }
                                                            mstore(tempBytes, 5)
                                                            //update free-memory pointer
                                                            //allocating the array padded to 32 bytes like the compiler does now
                                                            mstore(0x40, and(add(mc, 31), not(31)))
                                                        }
                                                        assembly {
                                                            slicedDataBytes5 := mload(add(tempBytes, 32))
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _acceptMoonCat(ERC721Details memory erc721Details) internal {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc721Details.ids.length; i++) {
                                                            bytes5 catId = _uintToBytes5(erc721Details.ids[i]);
                                                            address owner = IMoonCatsRescue(erc721Details.tokenAddr).catOwners(catId);
                                                            require(owner == _msgSender(), "_acceptMoonCat: invalid mooncat owner");
                                                            IMoonCatsRescue(erc721Details.tokenAddr).acceptAdoptionOffer(catId);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _transferMoonCat(ERC721Details memory erc721Details) internal {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc721Details.ids.length; i++) {
                                                            IMoonCatsRescue(erc721Details.tokenAddr).giveCat(_uintToBytes5(erc721Details.ids[i]), erc721Details.to[i]);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _acceptCryptoPunk(ERC721Details memory erc721Details) internal {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc721Details.ids.length; i++) {    
                                                            address owner = ICryptoPunks(erc721Details.tokenAddr).punkIndexToAddress(erc721Details.ids[i]);
                                                            require(owner == _msgSender(), "_acceptCryptoPunk: invalid punk owner");
                                                            ICryptoPunks(erc721Details.tokenAddr).buyPunk(erc721Details.ids[i]);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                    function _transferCryptoPunk(ERC721Details memory erc721Details) internal {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < erc721Details.ids.length; i++) {
                                                            ICryptoPunks(erc721Details.tokenAddr).transferPunk(erc721Details.to[i], erc721Details.ids[i]);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                interface IERC20 {
                                                    /**
                                                        * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
                                                        */
                                                    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);
                                                    /**
                                                        * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
                                                        *
                                                        * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                                        *
                                                        * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                        */
                                                    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
                                                     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
                                                     * allowance.
                                                     *
                                                     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFrom(address sender, address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
                                                     *
                                                     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
                                                     *
                                                     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
                                                     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
                                                     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
                                                     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
                                                     * desired value afterwards:
                                                     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
                                                     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
                                                     * zero by default.
                                                     *
                                                     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
                                                     */
                                                    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                interface IERC721 {
                                                    /// @notice Transfer ownership of an NFT -- THE CALLER IS RESPONSIBLE
                                                    ///  TO CONFIRM THAT `_to` IS CAPABLE OF RECEIVING NFTS OR ELSE
                                                    ///  THEY MAY BE PERMANENTLY LOST
                                                    /// @dev Throws unless `msg.sender` is the current owner, an authorized
                                                    ///  operator, or the approved address for this NFT. Throws if `_from` is
                                                    ///  not the current owner. Throws if `_to` is the zero address. Throws if
                                                    ///  `_tokenId` is not a valid NFT.
                                                    /// @param _from The current owner of the NFT
                                                    /// @param _to The new owner
                                                    /// @param _tokenId The NFT to transfer
                                                    function transferFrom(address _from, address _to, uint256 _tokenId) external payable;
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, bytes memory _data) external;
                                                    
                                                    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) external;
                                                    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
                                                    
                                                    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner) external view returns (uint256);
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                interface IERC1155 {
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 id,
                                                        uint256 amount,
                                                        bytes memory data
                                                    ) external;
                                                    function safeBatchTransferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256[] memory ids,
                                                        uint256[] memory amounts,
                                                        bytes memory data
                                                    ) external;
                                                    function balanceOf(address _owner, uint256 _id) external view returns (uint256);
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                                                 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                                                 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                                                 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                                                 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                                                 * is concerned).
                                                 *
                                                 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract Context {
                                                    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                                        return msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                                        return msg.data;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                interface ICryptoPunks {
                                                    function punkIndexToAddress(uint index) external view returns(address owner);
                                                    function offerPunkForSaleToAddress(uint punkIndex, uint minSalePriceInWei, address toAddress) external;
                                                    function buyPunk(uint punkIndex) external payable;
                                                    function transferPunk(address to, uint punkIndex) external;
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                interface IWrappedPunk {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Mints a wrapped punk
                                                     */
                                                    function mint(uint256 punkIndex) external;
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Burns a specific wrapped punk
                                                     */
                                                    function burn(uint256 punkIndex) external;
                                                    
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Registers proxy
                                                     */
                                                    function registerProxy() external;
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Gets proxy address
                                                     */
                                                    function proxyInfo(address user) external view returns (address);
                                                }// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                interface IMoonCatsRescue {
                                                    function acceptAdoptionOffer(bytes5 catId) payable external;
                                                    function makeAdoptionOfferToAddress(bytes5 catId, uint price, address to) external;
                                                    function giveCat(bytes5 catId, address to) external;
                                                    function catOwners(bytes5 catId) external view returns(address);
                                                    function rescueOrder(uint256 rescueIndex) external view returns(bytes5 catId);
                                                }

                                                File 2 of 11: WETH9
                                                // Copyright (C) 2015, 2016, 2017 Dapphub
                                                
                                                // This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                                                // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                                                // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                                                // (at your option) any later version.
                                                
                                                // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                                                // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                                                // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                                                // GNU General Public License for more details.
                                                
                                                // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                                                // along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.18;
                                                
                                                contract WETH9 {
                                                    string public name     = "Wrapped Ether";
                                                    string public symbol   = "WETH";
                                                    uint8  public decimals = 18;
                                                
                                                    event  Approval(address indexed src, address indexed guy, uint wad);
                                                    event  Transfer(address indexed src, address indexed dst, uint wad);
                                                    event  Deposit(address indexed dst, uint wad);
                                                    event  Withdrawal(address indexed src, uint wad);
                                                
                                                    mapping (address => uint)                       public  balanceOf;
                                                    mapping (address => mapping (address => uint))  public  allowance;
                                                
                                                    function() public payable {
                                                        deposit();
                                                    }
                                                    function deposit() public payable {
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] += msg.value;
                                                        Deposit(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                                    }
                                                    function withdraw(uint wad) public {
                                                        require(balanceOf[msg.sender] >= wad);
                                                        balanceOf[msg.sender] -= wad;
                                                        msg.sender.transfer(wad);
                                                        Withdrawal(msg.sender, wad);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function totalSupply() public view returns (uint) {
                                                        return this.balance;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function approve(address guy, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                                                        allowance[msg.sender][guy] = wad;
                                                        Approval(msg.sender, guy, wad);
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function transfer(address dst, uint wad) public returns (bool) {
                                                        return transferFrom(msg.sender, dst, wad);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function transferFrom(address src, address dst, uint wad)
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        require(balanceOf[src] >= wad);
                                                
                                                        if (src != msg.sender && allowance[src][msg.sender] != uint(-1)) {
                                                            require(allowance[src][msg.sender] >= wad);
                                                            allowance[src][msg.sender] -= wad;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        balanceOf[src] -= wad;
                                                        balanceOf[dst] += wad;
                                                
                                                        Transfer(src, dst, wad);
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                /*
                                                                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
                                                                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
                                                
                                                 Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
                                                 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
                                                 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
                                                
                                                                            Preamble
                                                
                                                  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
                                                software and other kinds of works.
                                                
                                                  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
                                                to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
                                                the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
                                                share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
                                                software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
                                                GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
                                                any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
                                                your programs, too.
                                                
                                                  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
                                                price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
                                                have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
                                                them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
                                                want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
                                                free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
                                                
                                                  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
                                                these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
                                                certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
                                                you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
                                                
                                                  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
                                                gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
                                                freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
                                                or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
                                                know their rights.
                                                
                                                  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
                                                (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
                                                giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
                                                
                                                  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
                                                that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
                                                authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
                                                changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
                                                authors of previous versions.
                                                
                                                  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
                                                modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
                                                can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
                                                protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
                                                pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
                                                use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
                                                have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
                                                products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
                                                stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
                                                of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
                                                
                                                  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
                                                States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
                                                software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
                                                avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
                                                make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
                                                patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
                                                
                                                  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
                                                modification follow.
                                                
                                                                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                
                                                  0. Definitions.
                                                
                                                  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
                                                
                                                  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
                                                works, such as semiconductor masks.
                                                
                                                  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
                                                License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
                                                "recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
                                                
                                                  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
                                                in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
                                                exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
                                                earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
                                                
                                                  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
                                                on the Program.
                                                
                                                  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
                                                permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
                                                infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
                                                computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
                                                distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
                                                public, and in some countries other activities as well.
                                                
                                                  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
                                                parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
                                                a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
                                                
                                                  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
                                                to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
                                                feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
                                                tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
                                                extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
                                                work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
                                                the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
                                                menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
                                                
                                                  1. Source Code.
                                                
                                                  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
                                                for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
                                                form of a work.
                                                
                                                  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
                                                standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
                                                interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
                                                is widely used among developers working in that language.
                                                
                                                  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
                                                than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
                                                packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
                                                Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
                                                Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
                                                implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
                                                "Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
                                                (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
                                                (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
                                                produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
                                                
                                                  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
                                                the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
                                                work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
                                                control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
                                                System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
                                                programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
                                                which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
                                                includes interface definition files associated with source files for
                                                the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
                                                linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
                                                such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
                                                subprograms and other parts of the work.
                                                
                                                  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
                                                can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
                                                Source.
                                                
                                                  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
                                                same work.
                                                
                                                  2. Basic Permissions.
                                                
                                                  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
                                                copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
                                                conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
                                                permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
                                                covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
                                                content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
                                                rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
                                                
                                                  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
                                                convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
                                                in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
                                                of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
                                                with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
                                                the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
                                                not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
                                                for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
                                                and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
                                                your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
                                                
                                                  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
                                                the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
                                                makes it unnecessary.
                                                
                                                  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
                                                
                                                  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
                                                measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
                                                11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
                                                similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
                                                measures.
                                                
                                                  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
                                                circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
                                                is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
                                                the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
                                                modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
                                                users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
                                                technological measures.
                                                
                                                  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
                                                
                                                  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
                                                receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
                                                appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
                                                keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
                                                non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
                                                keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
                                                recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
                                                
                                                  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
                                                and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
                                                
                                                  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
                                                
                                                  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
                                                produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
                                                terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
                                                
                                                    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
                                                    it, and giving a relevant date.
                                                
                                                    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
                                                    released under this License and any conditions added under section
                                                    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
                                                    "keep intact all notices".
                                                
                                                    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
                                                    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
                                                    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
                                                    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
                                                    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
                                                    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
                                                    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
                                                
                                                    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
                                                    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
                                                    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
                                                    work need not make them do so.
                                                
                                                  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
                                                works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
                                                and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
                                                in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
                                                "aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
                                                used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
                                                beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
                                                in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
                                                parts of the aggregate.
                                                
                                                  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
                                                
                                                  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
                                                of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
                                                machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
                                                in one of these ways:
                                                
                                                    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                                                    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
                                                    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
                                                    customarily used for software interchange.
                                                
                                                    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
                                                    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
                                                    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
                                                    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
                                                    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
                                                    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
                                                    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
                                                    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
                                                    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
                                                    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
                                                    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
                                                
                                                    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
                                                    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
                                                    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
                                                    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
                                                    with subsection 6b.
                                                
                                                    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
                                                    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
                                                    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
                                                    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
                                                    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
                                                    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
                                                    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
                                                    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
                                                    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
                                                    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
                                                    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
                                                    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
                                                
                                                    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
                                                    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
                                                    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
                                                    charge under subsection 6d.
                                                
                                                  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
                                                from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
                                                included in conveying the object code work.
                                                
                                                  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
                                                tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
                                                or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
                                                into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
                                                doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
                                                product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
                                                typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
                                                of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
                                                actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
                                                is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
                                                commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
                                                the only significant mode of use of the product.
                                                
                                                  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
                                                procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
                                                and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
                                                a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
                                                suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
                                                code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
                                                modification has been made.
                                                
                                                  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
                                                specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
                                                part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
                                                User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
                                                fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
                                                Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
                                                by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
                                                if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
                                                modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
                                                been installed in ROM).
                                                
                                                  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
                                                requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
                                                for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
                                                the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
                                                network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
                                                adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
                                                protocols for communication across the network.
                                                
                                                  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
                                                in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
                                                documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
                                                source code form), and must require no special password or key for
                                                unpacking, reading or copying.
                                                
                                                  7. Additional Terms.
                                                
                                                  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
                                                License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
                                                Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
                                                be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
                                                that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
                                                apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
                                                under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
                                                this License without regard to the additional permissions.
                                                
                                                  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
                                                remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
                                                it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
                                                removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
                                                additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
                                                for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
                                                
                                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
                                                add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
                                                that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
                                                
                                                    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
                                                    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
                                                
                                                    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
                                                    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
                                                    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
                                                
                                                    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
                                                    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
                                                    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
                                                
                                                    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
                                                    authors of the material; or
                                                
                                                    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
                                                    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
                                                
                                                    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
                                                    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
                                                    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
                                                    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
                                                    those licensors and authors.
                                                
                                                  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
                                                restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
                                                received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
                                                governed by this License along with a term that is a further
                                                restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
                                                a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
                                                License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
                                                of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
                                                not survive such relicensing or conveying.
                                                
                                                  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
                                                must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
                                                additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
                                                where to find the applicable terms.
                                                
                                                  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
                                                form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
                                                the above requirements apply either way.
                                                
                                                  8. Termination.
                                                
                                                  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
                                                provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
                                                modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
                                                this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
                                                paragraph of section 11).
                                                
                                                  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
                                                license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
                                                provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
                                                finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
                                                holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
                                                prior to 60 days after the cessation.
                                                
                                                  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
                                                reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
                                                violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
                                                received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
                                                copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
                                                your receipt of the notice.
                                                
                                                  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
                                                licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
                                                this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
                                                reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
                                                material under section 10.
                                                
                                                  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
                                                
                                                  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
                                                run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
                                                occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
                                                to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
                                                nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
                                                modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
                                                not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
                                                covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
                                                
                                                  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
                                                
                                                  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
                                                receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
                                                propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
                                                for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
                                                
                                                  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
                                                organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
                                                organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
                                                work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
                                                transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
                                                licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
                                                give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
                                                Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
                                                the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
                                                
                                                  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
                                                rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
                                                not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
                                                rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
                                                (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
                                                any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
                                                sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
                                                
                                                  11. Patents.
                                                
                                                  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
                                                License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
                                                work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
                                                
                                                  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
                                                owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
                                                hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
                                                by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
                                                but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
                                                consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
                                                purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
                                                patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
                                                this License.
                                                
                                                  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
                                                patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
                                                make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
                                                propagate the contents of its contributor version.
                                                
                                                  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
                                                agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
                                                (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
                                                sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
                                                party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
                                                patent against the party.
                                                
                                                  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
                                                and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
                                                to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
                                                publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
                                                then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
                                                available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
                                                patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
                                                consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
                                                license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
                                                actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
                                                covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
                                                in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
                                                country that you have reason to believe are valid.
                                                
                                                  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
                                                arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
                                                covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
                                                receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
                                                or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
                                                you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
                                                work and works based on it.
                                                
                                                  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
                                                the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
                                                conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
                                                specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
                                                work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
                                                in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
                                                to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
                                                the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
                                                parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
                                                patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
                                                conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
                                                for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
                                                contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
                                                or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
                                                
                                                  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
                                                any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
                                                otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
                                                
                                                  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
                                                
                                                  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
                                                otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
                                                excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
                                                covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
                                                License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
                                                not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
                                                to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
                                                the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
                                                License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
                                                
                                                  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
                                                
                                                  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
                                                permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
                                                under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
                                                combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
                                                License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
                                                but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
                                                section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
                                                combination as such.
                                                
                                                  14. Revised Versions of this License.
                                                
                                                  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
                                                the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
                                                be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
                                                address new problems or concerns.
                                                
                                                  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
                                                Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
                                                Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
                                                option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
                                                version or of any later version published by the Free Software
                                                Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
                                                GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
                                                by the Free Software Foundation.
                                                
                                                  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
                                                versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
                                                public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
                                                to choose that version for the Program.
                                                
                                                  Later license versions may give you additional or different
                                                permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
                                                author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
                                                later version.
                                                
                                                  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
                                                
                                                  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
                                                APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
                                                HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
                                                OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
                                                THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
                                                PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
                                                IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
                                                ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
                                                
                                                  16. Limitation of Liability.
                                                
                                                  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
                                                WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
                                                THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
                                                GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
                                                USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
                                                DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
                                                PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
                                                EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
                                                SUCH DAMAGES.
                                                
                                                  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
                                                
                                                  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
                                                above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
                                                reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
                                                an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
                                                Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
                                                copy of the Program in return for a fee.
                                                
                                                                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                
                                                            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
                                                
                                                  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
                                                possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
                                                free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
                                                
                                                  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
                                                to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
                                                state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
                                                the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
                                                
                                                    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
                                                    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                                                
                                                    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
                                                    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
                                                    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
                                                    (at your option) any later version.
                                                
                                                    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
                                                    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
                                                    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
                                                    GNU General Public License for more details.
                                                
                                                    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
                                                    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                                                
                                                Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
                                                
                                                  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
                                                notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
                                                
                                                    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
                                                    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
                                                    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
                                                    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
                                                
                                                The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
                                                parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
                                                might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
                                                
                                                  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
                                                if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
                                                For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
                                                <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
                                                
                                                  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
                                                into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
                                                may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
                                                the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
                                                Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
                                                <http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.
                                                
                                                */

                                                File 3 of 11: HuxleyComics
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol
                                                
                                                // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
                                                 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
                                                 *
                                                 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
                                                 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
                                                 *
                                                 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
                                                 */
                                                interface IERC165 {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
                                                     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
                                                     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
                                                     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
                                                     *
                                                     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
                                                     */
                                                    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
                                                 */
                                                interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
                                                     */
                                                    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
                                                     */
                                                    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
                                                     */
                                                    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
                                                     */
                                                    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                                     */
                                                    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
                                                     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                                     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                                     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) external;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
                                                     *
                                                     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {safeTransferFrom} whenever possible.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
                                                     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) external;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
                                                     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
                                                     *
                                                     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
                                                     * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits an {Approval} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                                     */
                                                    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
                                                     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
                                                     *
                                                     * See {setApprovalForAll}
                                                     */
                                                    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                                     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                                     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes calldata data
                                                    ) external;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/interfaces/IHuxleyComics.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.6;
                                                
                                                 
                                                interface IHuxleyComics is IERC721 {
                                                    struct Issue {
                                                        uint256 price;
                                                        uint256 goldSupplyLeft;
                                                        uint256 firstEditionSupplyLeft;
                                                        uint256 holographicSupplyLeft;
                                                        uint256 serialNumberToMintGold;
                                                        uint256 serialNumberToMintFirstEdition;
                                                        uint256 serialNumberToMintHolographic;
                                                        uint256 maxPayableMintBatch;
                                                        string uri;
                                                        bool exist;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    struct Token {
                                                        uint256 serialNumber;
                                                        uint256 issueNumber;
                                                        TokenType tokenType;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    enum TokenType {FirstEdition, Gold, Holographic}
                                                
                                                    function safeMint(address _to) external returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    function getCurrentIssue() external returns (uint256 _currentIssue);
                                                    function getCurrentPrice() external returns (uint256 _currentPrice);
                                                    function getCurrentMaxPayableMintBatch() external returns (uint256 _currentMaxPayableMintBatch);
                                                
                                                    function createNewIssue(
                                                        uint256 _price,
                                                        uint256 _goldSupply,
                                                        uint256 _firstEditionSupply,
                                                        uint256 _holographicSupply,
                                                        uint256 _startSerialNumberGold,
                                                        uint256 _startSerialNumberFirstEdition,
                                                        uint256 _startSerialNumberHolographic,
                                                        uint256 _maxPaybleMintBatch,
                                                        string memory _uri
                                                    ) external;
                                                
                                                    function getIssue(uint256 _issueNumber) external returns (Issue memory _issue);
                                                
                                                    function getToken(uint256 _tokenId) external returns (Token memory _token);
                                                
                                                    function setTokenDetails(uint256 _tokenId, TokenType _tokenType) external;
                                                
                                                    function setBaseURI(uint256 _issueNumber, string memory _uri) external;
                                                
                                                    function setCanBurn(bool _canBurn) external;
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Context.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                /*
                                                 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
                                                 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
                                                 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
                                                 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
                                                 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
                                                 * is concerned).
                                                 *
                                                 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract Context {
                                                    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                                        return msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                                        return msg.data;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
                                                 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
                                                 * specific functions.
                                                 *
                                                 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
                                                 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
                                                 *
                                                 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
                                                 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
                                                 * the owner.
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                                                    address private _owner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                                     */
                                                    constructor() {
                                                        _setOwner(_msgSender());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                                        return _owner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyOwner() {
                                                        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                                     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                                     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                                        _setOwner(address(0));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                                     * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                                        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                                        _setOwner(newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _setOwner(address newOwner) private {
                                                        address oldOwner = _owner;
                                                        _owner = newOwner;
                                                        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
                                                 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
                                                 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
                                                 */
                                                interface IERC721Receiver {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
                                                     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
                                                     *
                                                     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
                                                     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
                                                     *
                                                     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721.onERC721Received.selector`.
                                                     */
                                                    function onERC721Received(
                                                        address operator,
                                                        address from,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes calldata data
                                                    ) external returns (bytes4);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
                                                 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
                                                 */
                                                interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
                                                     */
                                                    function name() external view returns (string memory);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
                                                     */
                                                    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
                                                     */
                                                    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Address.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
                                                 */
                                                library Address {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
                                                     *
                                                     * [IMPORTANT]
                                                     * ====
                                                     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
                                                     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
                                                     *
                                                     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
                                                     * types of addresses:
                                                     *
                                                     *  - an externally-owned account
                                                     *  - a contract in construction
                                                     *  - an address where a contract will be created
                                                     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
                                                     * ====
                                                     */
                                                    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
                                                        // This method relies on extcodesize, which returns 0 for contracts in
                                                        // construction, since the code is only stored at the end of the
                                                        // constructor execution.
                                                
                                                        uint256 size;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            size := extcodesize(account)
                                                        }
                                                        return size > 0;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
                                                     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
                                                     *
                                                     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
                                                     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
                                                     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
                                                     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
                                                     *
                                                     * https://diligence.consensys.net/posts/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
                                                     *
                                                     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
                                                     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
                                                     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
                                                     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
                                                     */
                                                    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
                                                        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");
                                                
                                                        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
                                                        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
                                                     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
                                                     * function instead.
                                                     *
                                                     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
                                                     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
                                                     *
                                                     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
                                                     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `target` must be a contract.
                                                     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.1._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        return functionCall(target, data, "Address: low-level call failed");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
                                                     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.1._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionCall(
                                                        address target,
                                                        bytes memory data,
                                                        string memory errorMessage
                                                    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                                     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
                                                     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.1._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionCallWithValue(
                                                        address target,
                                                        bytes memory data,
                                                        uint256 value
                                                    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
                                                     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.1._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionCallWithValue(
                                                        address target,
                                                        bytes memory data,
                                                        uint256 value,
                                                        string memory errorMessage
                                                    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
                                                        require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
                                                
                                                        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
                                                        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                                     * but performing a static call.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.3._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                                     * but performing a static call.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.3._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionStaticCall(
                                                        address target,
                                                        bytes memory data,
                                                        string memory errorMessage
                                                    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        require(isContract(target), "Address: static call to non-contract");
                                                
                                                        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
                                                        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
                                                     * but performing a delegate call.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.4._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
                                                     * but performing a delegate call.
                                                     *
                                                     * _Available since v3.4._
                                                     */
                                                    function functionDelegateCall(
                                                        address target,
                                                        bytes memory data,
                                                        string memory errorMessage
                                                    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        require(isContract(target), "Address: delegate call to non-contract");
                                                
                                                        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
                                                        return _verifyCallResult(success, returndata, errorMessage);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _verifyCallResult(
                                                        bool success,
                                                        bytes memory returndata,
                                                        string memory errorMessage
                                                    ) private pure returns (bytes memory) {
                                                        if (success) {
                                                            return returndata;
                                                        } else {
                                                            // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
                                                            if (returndata.length > 0) {
                                                                // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
                                                
                                                                assembly {
                                                                    let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                                                                    revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
                                                                }
                                                            } else {
                                                                revert(errorMessage);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/Strings.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev String operations.
                                                 */
                                                library Strings {
                                                    bytes16 private constant _HEX_SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
                                                     */
                                                    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                                                        // Inspired by OraclizeAPI's implementation - MIT licence
                                                        // https://github.com/oraclize/ethereum-api/blob/b42146b063c7d6ee1358846c198246239e9360e8/oraclizeAPI_0.4.25.sol
                                                
                                                        if (value == 0) {
                                                            return "0";
                                                        }
                                                        uint256 temp = value;
                                                        uint256 digits;
                                                        while (temp != 0) {
                                                            digits++;
                                                            temp /= 10;
                                                        }
                                                        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(digits);
                                                        while (value != 0) {
                                                            digits -= 1;
                                                            buffer[digits] = bytes1(uint8(48 + uint256(value % 10)));
                                                            value /= 10;
                                                        }
                                                        return string(buffer);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
                                                     */
                                                    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                                                        if (value == 0) {
                                                            return "0x00";
                                                        }
                                                        uint256 temp = value;
                                                        uint256 length = 0;
                                                        while (temp != 0) {
                                                            length++;
                                                            temp >>= 8;
                                                        }
                                                        return toHexString(value, length);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
                                                     */
                                                    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
                                                        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
                                                        buffer[0] = "0";
                                                        buffer[1] = "x";
                                                        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
                                                            buffer[i] = _HEX_SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
                                                            value >>= 4;
                                                        }
                                                        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
                                                        return string(buffer);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
                                                 *
                                                 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
                                                 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
                                                 *
                                                 * ```solidity
                                                 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                                                 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                                                 * }
                                                 * ```
                                                 *
                                                 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                                     */
                                                    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                                                        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
                                                 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
                                                 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
                                                 */
                                                contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
                                                    using Address for address;
                                                    using Strings for uint256;
                                                
                                                    // Token name
                                                    string private _name;
                                                
                                                    // Token symbol
                                                    string private _symbol;
                                                
                                                    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
                                                    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;
                                                
                                                    // Mapping owner address to token count
                                                    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;
                                                
                                                    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
                                                    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;
                                                
                                                    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
                                                    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
                                                     */
                                                    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
                                                        _name = name_;
                                                        _symbol = symbol_;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                                     */
                                                    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
                                                        return
                                                            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
                                                            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
                                                            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
                                                     */
                                                    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: balance query for the zero address");
                                                        return _balances[owner];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
                                                     */
                                                    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
                                                        address owner = _owners[tokenId];
                                                        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: owner query for nonexistent token");
                                                        return owner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
                                                     */
                                                    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                                        return _name;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
                                                     */
                                                    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                                        return _symbol;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
                                                     */
                                                    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                                        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721Metadata: URI query for nonexistent token");
                                                
                                                        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
                                                        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
                                                     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
                                                     * by default, can be overriden in child contracts.
                                                     */
                                                    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
                                                        return "";
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
                                                     */
                                                    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
                                                        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
                                                        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");
                                                
                                                        require(
                                                            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
                                                            "ERC721: approve caller is not owner nor approved for all"
                                                        );
                                                
                                                        _approve(to, tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
                                                     */
                                                    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
                                                        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: approved query for nonexistent token");
                                                
                                                        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
                                                     */
                                                    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
                                                        require(operator != _msgSender(), "ERC721: approve to caller");
                                                
                                                        _operatorApprovals[_msgSender()][operator] = approved;
                                                        emit ApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
                                                     */
                                                    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
                                                        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) public virtual override {
                                                        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
                                                        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: transfer caller is not owner nor approved");
                                                
                                                        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
                                                     */
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) public virtual override {
                                                        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
                                                     */
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes memory _data
                                                    ) public virtual override {
                                                        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: transfer caller is not owner nor approved");
                                                        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, _data);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
                                                     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
                                                     *
                                                     * `_data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
                                                     *
                                                     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
                                                     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
                                                     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function _safeTransfer(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes memory _data
                                                    ) internal virtual {
                                                        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                                                        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, _data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
                                                     *
                                                     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
                                                     *
                                                     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
                                                     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
                                                     */
                                                    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
                                                        return _owners[tokenId] != address(0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                                     */
                                                    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
                                                        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: operator query for nonexistent token");
                                                        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
                                                        return (spender == owner || getApproved(tokenId) == spender || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
                                                     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                                                        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
                                                     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
                                                     */
                                                    function _safeMint(
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes memory _data
                                                    ) internal virtual {
                                                        _mint(to, tokenId);
                                                        require(
                                                            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, _data),
                                                            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
                                                     *
                                                     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                                                        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
                                                        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");
                                                
                                                        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
                                                
                                                        _balances[to] += 1;
                                                        _owners[tokenId] = to;
                                                
                                                        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
                                                     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `tokenId` must exist.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                                                        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
                                                
                                                        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
                                                
                                                        // Clear approvals
                                                        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
                                                
                                                        _balances[owner] -= 1;
                                                        delete _owners[tokenId];
                                                
                                                        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
                                                     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
                                                     *
                                                     * Requirements:
                                                     *
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function _transfer(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) internal virtual {
                                                        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer of token that is not own");
                                                        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");
                                                
                                                        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
                                                
                                                        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
                                                        _approve(address(0), tokenId);
                                                
                                                        _balances[from] -= 1;
                                                        _balances[to] += 1;
                                                        _owners[tokenId] = to;
                                                
                                                        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {Approval} event.
                                                     */
                                                    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
                                                        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
                                                        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
                                                     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
                                                     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
                                                     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
                                                     * @param _data bytes optional data to send along with the call
                                                     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
                                                     */
                                                    function _checkOnERC721Received(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes memory _data
                                                    ) private returns (bool) {
                                                        if (to.isContract()) {
                                                            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, _data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                                                                return retval == IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received.selector;
                                                            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                                                                if (reason.length == 0) {
                                                                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                                                                } else {
                                                                    assembly {
                                                                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                                                                    }
                                                                }
                                                            }
                                                        } else {
                                                            return true;
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
                                                     * and burning.
                                                     *
                                                     * Calling conditions:
                                                     *
                                                     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
                                                     * transferred to `to`.
                                                     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
                                                     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
                                                     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
                                                     *
                                                     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                                                     */
                                                    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) internal virtual {}
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
                                                 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
                                                 */
                                                interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
                                                     */
                                                    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
                                                     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
                                                     */
                                                    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256 tokenId);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
                                                     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
                                                     */
                                                    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds
                                                 * enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each
                                                 * account.
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract ERC721Enumerable is ERC721, IERC721Enumerable {
                                                    // Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs
                                                    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens;
                                                
                                                    // Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list
                                                    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex;
                                                
                                                    // Array with all token ids, used for enumeration
                                                    uint256[] private _allTokens;
                                                
                                                    // Mapping from token id to position in the allTokens array
                                                    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _allTokensIndex;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
                                                     */
                                                    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC721) returns (bool) {
                                                        return interfaceId == type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
                                                     */
                                                    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(index < ERC721.balanceOf(owner), "ERC721Enumerable: owner index out of bounds");
                                                        return _ownedTokens[owner][index];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
                                                     */
                                                    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                                        return _allTokens.length;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
                                                     */
                                                    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
                                                        require(index < ERC721Enumerable.totalSupply(), "ERC721Enumerable: global index out of bounds");
                                                        return _allTokens[index];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting
                                                     * and burning.
                                                     *
                                                     * Calling conditions:
                                                     *
                                                     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be
                                                     * transferred to `to`.
                                                     * - When `from` is zero, `tokenId` will be minted for `to`.
                                                     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s `tokenId` will be burned.
                                                     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
                                                     *
                                                     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
                                                     */
                                                    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        uint256 tokenId
                                                    ) internal virtual override {
                                                        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId);
                                                
                                                        if (from == address(0)) {
                                                            _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
                                                        } else if (from != to) {
                                                            _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
                                                        }
                                                        if (to == address(0)) {
                                                            _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
                                                        } else if (to != from) {
                                                            _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
                                                     * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
                                                     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
                                                     */
                                                    function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
                                                        uint256 length = ERC721.balanceOf(to);
                                                        _ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
                                                        _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures.
                                                     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list
                                                     */
                                                    function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
                                                        _allTokensIndex[tokenId] = _allTokens.length;
                                                        _allTokens.push(tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
                                                     * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
                                                     * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
                                                     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
                                                     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
                                                     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
                                                     */
                                                    function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
                                                        // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
                                                        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).
                                                
                                                        uint256 lastTokenIndex = ERC721.balanceOf(from) - 1;
                                                        uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
                                                
                                                        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
                                                        if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
                                                            uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
                                                
                                                            _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
                                                            _ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
                                                        delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
                                                        delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures.
                                                     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array.
                                                     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list
                                                     */
                                                    function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
                                                        // To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
                                                        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).
                                                
                                                        uint256 lastTokenIndex = _allTokens.length - 1;
                                                        uint256 tokenIndex = _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
                                                
                                                        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so
                                                        // rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding
                                                        // an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration)
                                                        uint256 lastTokenId = _allTokens[lastTokenIndex];
                                                
                                                        _allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
                                                        _allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
                                                
                                                        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
                                                        delete _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
                                                        _allTokens.pop();
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: @openzeppelin/contracts/security/ReentrancyGuard.sol
                                                
                                                
                                                pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
                                                
                                                /**
                                                 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
                                                 *
                                                 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
                                                 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
                                                 * (reentrant) calls to them.
                                                 *
                                                 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
                                                 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
                                                 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
                                                 * points to them.
                                                 *
                                                 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
                                                 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
                                                 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
                                                 */
                                                abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
                                                    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
                                                    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
                                                    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
                                                    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
                                                    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.
                                                
                                                    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
                                                    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
                                                    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
                                                    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
                                                    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
                                                    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
                                                    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;
                                                
                                                    uint256 private _status;
                                                
                                                    constructor() {
                                                        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
                                                     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
                                                     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
                                                     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
                                                     * `private` function that does the actual work.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier nonReentrant() {
                                                        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _notEntered will be true
                                                        require(_status != _ENTERED, "ReentrancyGuard: reentrant call");
                                                
                                                        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
                                                        _status = _ENTERED;
                                                
                                                        _;
                                                
                                                        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
                                                        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
                                                        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                // File: contracts/HuxleyComics.sol
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.6;
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                contract HuxleyComics is ERC721Enumerable, IHuxleyComics, ReentrancyGuard, Ownable {
                                                    using Strings for uint256;
                                                
                                                    // address of the HuxleyComicsOps contract that can mint tokens
                                                    address public minter;
                                                
                                                    // control if tokens can be burned or not. Default is false
                                                    bool public canBurn;
                                                
                                                    // Last token id minted
                                                    uint256 public tokenId;
                                                
                                                    //Issue being minted
                                                    uint256 private currentIssue;
                                                
                                                    //Price of token to be minted
                                                    uint256 private currentPrice;
                                                
                                                    //Max amount of tokens that can be mined from current issue
                                                    uint256 private currentMaxPayableMintBatch;
                                                
                                                    // mapping of Issues - issue number -> Isssue
                                                    mapping(uint256 => Issue) private issues;
                                                
                                                    // mapping of redemptions - tokenId -> true/false
                                                    mapping(uint256 => bool) public redemptions;
                                                
                                                    // mapping of Tokens - tokenId -> Token
                                                    mapping(uint256 => Token) private tokens;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Modifier that checks that address is minter. Reverts
                                                     * if sender is not the minter
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyMinter() {
                                                        require(msg.sender == minter, "HT: Only minter");
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token.
                                                     */
                                                    constructor() ERC721("HUXLEY Comics", "HUXLEY") {}
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Safely mints a token. Increments 'tokenId' by 1 and calls super._safeMint()
                                                     *
                                                     * @param to Address that will be the owner of the token
                                                     */
                                                    function safeMint(address to) external override onlyMinter() nonReentrant returns (uint256 _tokenId) {
                                                        tokenId++;
                                                        super._safeMint(to, tokenId);
                                                        return tokenId;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Burns a token. Can only be called by token Owner
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _tokenId Token that will be burned
                                                     */
                                                    function burn(uint256 _tokenId) external {
                                                        require(canBurn, "HT: is not burnable");
                                                        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "HT: Not owner");
                                                        super._burn(_tokenId);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev It creates a new Issue. Only 'minter' can call this function.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _price Price for each token to be minted in wei
                                                     * @param _goldSupply Total supply of Gold token
                                                     * @param _firstEditionSupply Total supply of First Edition token
                                                     * @param _holographicSupply Total supply of Holographic token
                                                     * @param _startSerialNumberGold Initial serial number for Gold token
                                                     * @param _startSerialNumberFirstEdition Initial serial number for First Edition token
                                                     * @param _startSerialNumberHolographic Initial serial number for Holographic token
                                                     * @param _maxPayableMintBatch Max amount of tokens that can be minted when calling batch functions (should not be greater than 100 so it won't run out of gas)
                                                     * @param _uri Uri for the tokens of the issue
                                                     */
                                                    function createNewIssue(
                                                        uint256 _price,
                                                        uint256 _goldSupply,
                                                        uint256 _firstEditionSupply,
                                                        uint256 _holographicSupply,
                                                        uint256 _startSerialNumberGold,
                                                        uint256 _startSerialNumberFirstEdition,
                                                        uint256 _startSerialNumberHolographic,
                                                        uint256 _maxPayableMintBatch,
                                                        string memory _uri
                                                    ) external override onlyMinter {
                                                        currentIssue = currentIssue + 1;
                                                        currentPrice = _price;
                                                        currentMaxPayableMintBatch = _maxPayableMintBatch;
                                                
                                                        Issue storage issue = issues[currentIssue];
                                                
                                                        issue.price = _price;
                                                        issue.goldSupplyLeft = _goldSupply;
                                                        issue.firstEditionSupplyLeft = _firstEditionSupply;
                                                        issue.holographicSupplyLeft = _holographicSupply;
                                                        issue.serialNumberToMintGold = _startSerialNumberGold;
                                                        issue.serialNumberToMintFirstEdition = _startSerialNumberFirstEdition;
                                                        issue.serialNumberToMintHolographic = _startSerialNumberHolographic;
                                                        issue.maxPayableMintBatch = _maxPayableMintBatch;
                                                        issue.uri = _uri;
                                                        issue.exist = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns whether `issueNumber` exists.
                                                     *
                                                     * Issue can be created via {createNewIssue}.
                                                     *
                                                     */
                                                    function _issueExists(uint256 _issueNumber) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
                                                        return issues[_issueNumber].exist ? true : false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev It sets details for the token. It sets the issue number, serial number and token type.
                                                     *     It also updates supply left of the token.
                                                     *
                                                     * Emits a {IssueCreated} event.
                                                     *
                                                     * @param _tokenId tokenID
                                                     * @param _tokenType tokenType
                                                     */
                                                    function setTokenDetails(uint256 _tokenId, TokenType _tokenType) external override onlyMinter {
                                                        Token storage token = tokens[_tokenId];
                                                        token.issueNumber = currentIssue;
                                                
                                                        Issue storage issue = issues[currentIssue];
                                                        // can mint Gold, FirstEdition and Holographic
                                                        if (_tokenType == TokenType.Gold) {
                                                            uint256 goldSupplyLeft = issue.goldSupplyLeft;
                                                            require(goldSupplyLeft > 0, "HT: no gold");
                                                
                                                            issue.goldSupplyLeft = goldSupplyLeft - 1;
                                                            uint256 serialNumberGold = issue.serialNumberToMintGold;
                                                            issue.serialNumberToMintGold = serialNumberGold + 1; //next mint
                                                
                                                            token.tokenType = TokenType.Gold;
                                                            token.serialNumber = serialNumberGold;
                                                        } else if (_tokenType == TokenType.FirstEdition) {
                                                            uint256 firstEditionSupplyLeft = issue.firstEditionSupplyLeft;
                                                            require(firstEditionSupplyLeft > 0, "HT: no firstEdition");
                                                
                                                            issue.firstEditionSupplyLeft = firstEditionSupplyLeft - 1;
                                                            uint256 serialNumberFirstEdition = issue.serialNumberToMintFirstEdition;
                                                            issue.serialNumberToMintFirstEdition = serialNumberFirstEdition + 1; //next mint
                                                
                                                            token.tokenType = TokenType.FirstEdition;
                                                            token.serialNumber = serialNumberFirstEdition;
                                                        } else if (_tokenType == TokenType.Holographic) {
                                                            uint256 holographicSupplyLeft = issue.holographicSupplyLeft;
                                                            require(holographicSupplyLeft > 0, "HT: no holographic");
                                                
                                                            issue.holographicSupplyLeft = holographicSupplyLeft - 1;
                                                            uint256 serialNumberHolographic = issue.serialNumberToMintHolographic;
                                                            issue.serialNumberToMintHolographic = serialNumberHolographic + 1; //next mint
                                                
                                                            token.tokenType = TokenType.Holographic;
                                                            token.serialNumber = serialNumberHolographic;
                                                        } else {
                                                            revert();
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Returns URI for the token. Each Issue number has a base uri.
                                                    function tokenURI(uint256 _tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
                                                        require(_exists(_tokenId), "UT: invalid token");
                                                
                                                        Token memory token = tokens[_tokenId];
                                                        uint256 issueNumber = token.issueNumber;
                                                        require(issueNumber > 0, "HT: invalid issue");
                                                
                                                        Issue memory issue = issues[issueNumber];
                                                        string memory baseURI = issue.uri;
                                                
                                                        return
                                                            bytes(baseURI).length > 0
                                                                ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, _tokenId.toString()))
                                                                : "";
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Sets URI for an Issue.
                                                     *
                                                     * Issue can be created via {createNewIssue} by the Minter.
                                                     *
                                                     */
                                                    function setBaseURI(uint256 _issueNumber, string memory _uri) external override onlyMinter {
                                                        require(_issueExists(_issueNumber), "UT: invalid issue");
                                                
                                                        Issue storage issue = issues[_issueNumber];
                                                        issue.uri = _uri;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Returns Issue that can be minted.
                                                    function getCurrentIssue() external view override returns (uint256 _currentIssue) {
                                                        return currentIssue;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Returns Price of token that can be minted.
                                                    function getCurrentPrice() external view override returns (uint256 _currentPrice) {
                                                        return currentPrice;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Returns Max Amount of First Edition tokens an address can pay to mint.
                                                    function getCurrentMaxPayableMintBatch() external view override returns (uint256 _currentMaxaPaybleMintBatch) {
                                                        return currentMaxPayableMintBatch;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns details of an Issue: 'price', 'goldSupplyLeft', 'firstEditionSupplyLeft,
                                                     *   'holographicSupplyLeft', 'serialNumberToMintGold', 'serialNumberToMintFirstEdition',
                                                     *   'serialNumberToMintHolographic', 'MaxPayableMintBatch', 'uri' and 'exist'.
                                                     *
                                                     */
                                                    function getIssue(uint256 _issueNumber) external view override returns (Issue memory _issue) {
                                                        return issues[_issueNumber];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Returns token details: 'serialNumber', 'issueNumber' and 'TokenType'
                                                    function getToken(uint256 _tokenId) external view override returns (Token memory _token) {
                                                        return tokens[_tokenId];
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev User can redeem a copy
                                                    function redeemCopy(uint256 _tokenId) external {
                                                        require(ownerOf(_tokenId) == msg.sender, "HT: Not owner");
                                                        require(redemptions[_tokenId] == false, "HT: already redeemed");
                                                
                                                        redemptions[_tokenId] = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    // Setup functions
                                                    /// @dev Sets new minter address. Only Owner can call this function.
                                                    function updateMinter(address _minter) external onlyOwner {
                                                        minter = _minter;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Sets if it is allowed to burn tokens. Default is 'false'. Only Minter can call this function.
                                                    function setCanBurn(bool _canBurn) external override onlyMinter {
                                                        canBurn = _canBurn;
                                                    }
                                                    // End setup functions
                                                }

                                                File 4 of 11: WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations
                                                pragma solidity 0.4.26;
                                                
                                                library SafeMath {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Multiplies two numbers, throws on overflow.
                                                  */
                                                  function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256 c) {
                                                    if (a == 0) {
                                                      return 0;
                                                    }
                                                    c = a * b;
                                                    assert(c / a == b);
                                                    return c;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Integer division of two numbers, truncating the quotient.
                                                  */
                                                  function div(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                    // assert(b > 0); // Solidity automatically throws when dividing by 0
                                                    // uint256 c = a / b;
                                                    // assert(a == b * c + a % b); // There is no case in which this doesn't hold
                                                    return a / b;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Subtracts two numbers, throws on overflow (i.e. if subtrahend is greater than minuend).
                                                  */
                                                  function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
                                                    assert(b <= a);
                                                    return a - b;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Adds two numbers, throws on overflow.
                                                  */
                                                  function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256 c) {
                                                    c = a + b;
                                                    assert(c >= a);
                                                    return c;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Ownable {
                                                  address public owner;
                                                
                                                
                                                  event OwnershipRenounced(address indexed previousOwner);
                                                  event OwnershipTransferred(
                                                    address indexed previousOwner,
                                                    address indexed newOwner
                                                  );
                                                
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev The Ownable constructor sets the original `owner` of the contract to the sender
                                                   * account.
                                                   */
                                                  constructor() public {
                                                    owner = msg.sender;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                   */
                                                  modifier onlyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(owner, newOwner);
                                                    owner = newOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to relinquish control of the contract.
                                                   */
                                                  function renounceOwnership() public onlyOwner {
                                                    emit OwnershipRenounced(owner);
                                                    owner = address(0);
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20Basic {
                                                  function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256);
                                                  function balanceOf(address who) public view returns (uint256);
                                                  function transfer(address to, uint256 value) public returns (bool);
                                                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20 is ERC20Basic {
                                                  function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                                    public view returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                  function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value)
                                                    public returns (bool);
                                                
                                                  function approve(address spender, uint256 value) public returns (bool);
                                                  event Approval(
                                                    address indexed owner,
                                                    address indexed spender,
                                                    uint256 value
                                                  );
                                                }
                                                
                                                library ArrayUtils {
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Replace bytes in an array with bytes in another array, guarded by a bitmask
                                                     * Efficiency of this function is a bit unpredictable because of the EVM's word-specific model (arrays under 32 bytes will be slower)
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Mask must be the size of the byte array. A nonzero byte means the byte array can be changed.
                                                     * @param array The original array
                                                     * @param desired The target array
                                                     * @param mask The mask specifying which bits can be changed
                                                     * @return The updated byte array (the parameter will be modified inplace)
                                                     */
                                                    function guardedArrayReplace(bytes memory array, bytes memory desired, bytes memory mask)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                    {
                                                        require(array.length == desired.length);
                                                        require(array.length == mask.length);
                                                
                                                        uint words = array.length / 0x20;
                                                        uint index = words * 0x20;
                                                        assert(index / 0x20 == words);
                                                        uint i;
                                                
                                                        for (i = 0; i < words; i++) {
                                                            /* Conceptually: array[i] = (!mask[i] && array[i]) || (mask[i] && desired[i]), bitwise in word chunks. */
                                                            assembly {
                                                                let commonIndex := mul(0x20, add(1, i))
                                                                let maskValue := mload(add(mask, commonIndex))
                                                                mstore(add(array, commonIndex), or(and(not(maskValue), mload(add(array, commonIndex))), and(maskValue, mload(add(desired, commonIndex)))))
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Deal with the last section of the byte array. */
                                                        if (words > 0) {
                                                            /* This overlaps with bytes already set but is still more efficient than iterating through each of the remaining bytes individually. */
                                                            i = words;
                                                            assembly {
                                                                let commonIndex := mul(0x20, add(1, i))
                                                                let maskValue := mload(add(mask, commonIndex))
                                                                mstore(add(array, commonIndex), or(and(not(maskValue), mload(add(array, commonIndex))), and(maskValue, mload(add(desired, commonIndex)))))
                                                            }
                                                        } else {
                                                            /* If the byte array is shorter than a word, we must unfortunately do the whole thing bytewise.
                                                               (bounds checks could still probably be optimized away in assembly, but this is a rare case) */
                                                            for (i = index; i < array.length; i++) {
                                                                array[i] = ((mask[i] ^ 0xff) & array[i]) | (mask[i] & desired[i]);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Test if two arrays are equal
                                                     * @param a First array
                                                     * @param b Second array
                                                     * @return Whether or not all bytes in the arrays are equal
                                                     */
                                                    function arrayEq(bytes memory a, bytes memory b)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        return keccak256(a) == keccak256(b);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write byte array into a memory location
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source Byte array to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteBytes(uint index, bytes source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        if (source.length > 0) {
                                                            assembly {
                                                                let length := mload(source)
                                                                let end := add(source, add(0x20, length))
                                                                let arrIndex := add(source, 0x20)
                                                                let tempIndex := index
                                                                for { } eq(lt(arrIndex, end), 1) {
                                                                    arrIndex := add(arrIndex, 0x20)
                                                                    tempIndex := add(tempIndex, 0x20)
                                                                } {
                                                                    mstore(tempIndex, mload(arrIndex))
                                                                }
                                                                index := add(index, length)
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write address into a memory location
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source Address to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteAddress(uint index, address source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        uint conv = uint(source) << 0x60;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(index, conv)
                                                            index := add(index, 0x14)
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write address into a memory location using entire word
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source uint to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteAddressWord(uint index, address source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(index, source)
                                                            index := add(index, 0x20)
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write uint into a memory location
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source uint to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteUint(uint index, uint source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(index, source)
                                                            index := add(index, 0x20)
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write uint8 into a memory location
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source uint8 to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteUint8(uint index, uint8 source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore8(index, source)
                                                            index := add(index, 0x1)
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write uint8 into a memory location using entire word
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source uint to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteUint8Word(uint index, uint8 source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(index, source)
                                                            index := add(index, 0x20)
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Unsafe write bytes32 into a memory location using entire word
                                                     *
                                                     * @param index Memory location
                                                     * @param source uint to write
                                                     * @return End memory index
                                                     */
                                                    function unsafeWriteBytes32(uint index, bytes32 source)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(index, source)
                                                            index := add(index, 0x20)
                                                        }
                                                        return index;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ReentrancyGuarded {
                                                
                                                    bool reentrancyLock = false;
                                                
                                                    /* Prevent a contract function from being reentrant-called. */
                                                    modifier reentrancyGuard {
                                                        if (reentrancyLock) {
                                                            revert();
                                                        }
                                                        reentrancyLock = true;
                                                        _;
                                                        reentrancyLock = false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract TokenRecipient {
                                                    event ReceivedEther(address indexed sender, uint amount);
                                                    event ReceivedTokens(address indexed from, uint256 value, address indexed token, bytes extraData);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Receive tokens and generate a log event
                                                     * @param from Address from which to transfer tokens
                                                     * @param value Amount of tokens to transfer
                                                     * @param token Address of token
                                                     * @param extraData Additional data to log
                                                     */
                                                    function receiveApproval(address from, uint256 value, address token, bytes extraData) public {
                                                        ERC20 t = ERC20(token);
                                                        require(t.transferFrom(from, this, value));
                                                        emit ReceivedTokens(from, value, token, extraData);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Receive Ether and generate a log event
                                                     */
                                                    function () payable public {
                                                        emit ReceivedEther(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ExchangeCore is ReentrancyGuarded, Ownable {
                                                    string public constant name = "Wyvern Exchange Contract";
                                                    string public constant version = "2.3";
                                                
                                                    // NOTE: these hashes are derived and verified in the constructor.
                                                    bytes32 private constant _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH = 0x8b73c3c69bb8fe3d512ecc4cf759cc79239f7b179b0ffacaa9a75d522b39400f;
                                                    bytes32 private constant _NAME_HASH = 0x9a2ed463836165738cfa54208ff6e7847fd08cbaac309aac057086cb0a144d13;
                                                    bytes32 private constant _VERSION_HASH = 0xe2fd538c762ee69cab09ccd70e2438075b7004dd87577dc3937e9fcc8174bb64;
                                                    bytes32 private constant _ORDER_TYPEHASH = 0xdba08a88a748f356e8faf8578488343eab21b1741728779c9dcfdc782bc800f8;
                                                
                                                    bytes4 private constant _EIP_1271_MAGIC_VALUE = 0x1626ba7e;
                                                
                                                    //    // NOTE: chainId opcode is not supported in solidiy 0.4.x; here we hardcode as 1.
                                                    // In order to protect against orders that are replayable across forked chains,
                                                    // either the solidity version needs to be bumped up or it needs to be retrieved
                                                    // from another contract.
                                                    uint256 private constant _CHAIN_ID = 1;
                                                
                                                    // Note: the domain separator is derived and verified in the constructor. */
                                                    bytes32 public constant DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = 0x72982d92449bfb3d338412ce4738761aff47fb975ceb17a1bc3712ec716a5a68;
                                                
                                                    /* The token used to pay exchange fees. */
                                                    ERC20 public exchangeToken;
                                                
                                                    /* User registry. */
                                                    ProxyRegistry public registry;
                                                
                                                    /* Token transfer proxy. */
                                                    TokenTransferProxy public tokenTransferProxy;
                                                
                                                    /* Cancelled / finalized orders, by hash. */
                                                    mapping(bytes32 => bool) public cancelledOrFinalized;
                                                
                                                    /* Orders verified by on-chain approval (alternative to ECDSA signatures so that smart contracts can place orders directly). */
                                                    /* Note that the maker's nonce at the time of approval **plus one** is stored in the mapping. */
                                                    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) private _approvedOrdersByNonce;
                                                
                                                    /* Track per-maker nonces that can be incremented by the maker to cancel orders in bulk. */
                                                    // The current nonce for the maker represents the only valid nonce that can be signed by the maker
                                                    // If a signature was signed with a nonce that's different from the one stored in nonces, it
                                                    // will fail validation.
                                                    mapping(address => uint256) public nonces;
                                                
                                                    /* For split fee orders, minimum required protocol maker fee, in basis points. Paid to owner (who can change it). */
                                                    uint public minimumMakerProtocolFee = 0;
                                                
                                                    /* For split fee orders, minimum required protocol taker fee, in basis points. Paid to owner (who can change it). */
                                                    uint public minimumTakerProtocolFee = 0;
                                                
                                                    /* Recipient of protocol fees. */
                                                    address public protocolFeeRecipient;
                                                
                                                    /* Fee method: protocol fee or split fee. */
                                                    enum FeeMethod { ProtocolFee, SplitFee }
                                                
                                                    /* Inverse basis point. */
                                                    uint public constant INVERSE_BASIS_POINT = 10000;
                                                
                                                    /* An ECDSA signature. */
                                                    struct Sig {
                                                        /* v parameter */
                                                        uint8 v;
                                                        /* r parameter */
                                                        bytes32 r;
                                                        /* s parameter */
                                                        bytes32 s;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /* An order on the exchange. */
                                                    struct Order {
                                                        /* Exchange address, intended as a versioning mechanism. */
                                                        address exchange;
                                                        /* Order maker address. */
                                                        address maker;
                                                        /* Order taker address, if specified. */
                                                        address taker;
                                                        /* Maker relayer fee of the order, unused for taker order. */
                                                        uint makerRelayerFee;
                                                        /* Taker relayer fee of the order, or maximum taker fee for a taker order. */
                                                        uint takerRelayerFee;
                                                        /* Maker protocol fee of the order, unused for taker order. */
                                                        uint makerProtocolFee;
                                                        /* Taker protocol fee of the order, or maximum taker fee for a taker order. */
                                                        uint takerProtocolFee;
                                                        /* Order fee recipient or zero address for taker order. */
                                                        address feeRecipient;
                                                        /* Fee method (protocol token or split fee). */
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod;
                                                        /* Side (buy/sell). */
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side;
                                                        /* Kind of sale. */
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind;
                                                        /* Target. */
                                                        address target;
                                                        /* HowToCall. */
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall;
                                                        /* Calldata. */
                                                        bytes calldata;
                                                        /* Calldata replacement pattern, or an empty byte array for no replacement. */
                                                        bytes replacementPattern;
                                                        /* Static call target, zero-address for no static call. */
                                                        address staticTarget;
                                                        /* Static call extra data. */
                                                        bytes staticExtradata;
                                                        /* Token used to pay for the order, or the zero-address as a sentinel value for Ether. */
                                                        address paymentToken;
                                                        /* Base price of the order (in paymentTokens). */
                                                        uint basePrice;
                                                        /* Auction extra parameter - minimum bid increment for English auctions, starting/ending price difference. */
                                                        uint extra;
                                                        /* Listing timestamp. */
                                                        uint listingTime;
                                                        /* Expiration timestamp - 0 for no expiry. */
                                                        uint expirationTime;
                                                        /* Order salt, used to prevent duplicate hashes. */
                                                        uint salt;
                                                        /* NOTE: uint nonce is an additional component of the order but is read from storage */
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    event OrderApprovedPartOne    (bytes32 indexed hash, address exchange, address indexed maker, address taker, uint makerRelayerFee, uint takerRelayerFee, uint makerProtocolFee, uint takerProtocolFee, address indexed feeRecipient, FeeMethod feeMethod, SaleKindInterface.Side side, SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind, address target);
                                                    event OrderApprovedPartTwo    (bytes32 indexed hash, AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata, bytes replacementPattern, address staticTarget, bytes staticExtradata, address paymentToken, uint basePrice, uint extra, uint listingTime, uint expirationTime, uint salt, bool orderbookInclusionDesired);
                                                    event OrderCancelled          (bytes32 indexed hash);
                                                    event OrdersMatched           (bytes32 buyHash, bytes32 sellHash, address indexed maker, address indexed taker, uint price, bytes32 indexed metadata);
                                                    event NonceIncremented        (address indexed maker, uint newNonce);
                                                
                                                    constructor () public {
                                                        require(keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)") == _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH);
                                                        require(keccak256(bytes(name)) == _NAME_HASH);
                                                        require(keccak256(bytes(version)) == _VERSION_HASH);
                                                        require(keccak256("Order(address exchange,address maker,address taker,uint256 makerRelayerFee,uint256 takerRelayerFee,uint256 makerProtocolFee,uint256 takerProtocolFee,address feeRecipient,uint8 feeMethod,uint8 side,uint8 saleKind,address target,uint8 howToCall,bytes calldata,bytes replacementPattern,address staticTarget,bytes staticExtradata,address paymentToken,uint256 basePrice,uint256 extra,uint256 listingTime,uint256 expirationTime,uint256 salt,uint256 nonce)") == _ORDER_TYPEHASH);
                                                        require(DOMAIN_SEPARATOR == _deriveDomainSeparator());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Derive the domain separator for EIP-712 signatures.
                                                     * @return The domain separator.
                                                     */
                                                    function _deriveDomainSeparator() private view returns (bytes32) {
                                                        return keccak256(
                                                            abi.encode(
                                                                _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH, // keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)")
                                                                _NAME_HASH, // keccak256("Wyvern Exchange Contract")
                                                                _VERSION_HASH, // keccak256(bytes("2.3"))
                                                                _CHAIN_ID, // NOTE: this is fixed, need to use solidity 0.5+ or make external call to support!
                                                                address(this)
                                                            )
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Increment a particular maker's nonce, thereby invalidating all orders that were not signed
                                                     * with the original nonce.
                                                     */
                                                    function incrementNonce() external {
                                                        uint newNonce = ++nonces[msg.sender];
                                                        emit NonceIncremented(msg.sender, newNonce);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Change the minimum maker fee paid to the protocol (owner only)
                                                     * @param newMinimumMakerProtocolFee New fee to set in basis points
                                                     */
                                                    function changeMinimumMakerProtocolFee(uint newMinimumMakerProtocolFee)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        minimumMakerProtocolFee = newMinimumMakerProtocolFee;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Change the minimum taker fee paid to the protocol (owner only)
                                                     * @param newMinimumTakerProtocolFee New fee to set in basis points
                                                     */
                                                    function changeMinimumTakerProtocolFee(uint newMinimumTakerProtocolFee)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        minimumTakerProtocolFee = newMinimumTakerProtocolFee;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Change the protocol fee recipient (owner only)
                                                     * @param newProtocolFeeRecipient New protocol fee recipient address
                                                     */
                                                    function changeProtocolFeeRecipient(address newProtocolFeeRecipient)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        protocolFeeRecipient = newProtocolFeeRecipient;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfer tokens
                                                     * @param token Token to transfer
                                                     * @param from Address to charge fees
                                                     * @param to Address to receive fees
                                                     * @param amount Amount of protocol tokens to charge
                                                     */
                                                    function transferTokens(address token, address from, address to, uint amount)
                                                        internal
                                                    {
                                                        if (amount > 0) {
                                                            require(tokenTransferProxy.transferFrom(token, from, to, amount));
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Charge a fee in protocol tokens
                                                     * @param from Address to charge fees
                                                     * @param to Address to receive fees
                                                     * @param amount Amount of protocol tokens to charge
                                                     */
                                                    function chargeProtocolFee(address from, address to, uint amount)
                                                        internal
                                                    {
                                                        transferTokens(exchangeToken, from, to, amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Execute a STATICCALL (introduced with Ethereum Metropolis, non-state-modifying external call)
                                                     * @param target Contract to call
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata (appended to extradata)
                                                     * @param extradata Base data for STATICCALL (probably function selector and argument encoding)
                                                     * @return The result of the call (success or failure)
                                                     */
                                                    function staticCall(address target, bytes memory calldata, bytes memory extradata)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bool result)
                                                    {
                                                        bytes memory combined = new bytes(calldata.length + extradata.length);
                                                        uint index;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            index := add(combined, 0x20)
                                                        }
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteBytes(index, extradata);
                                                        ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteBytes(index, calldata);
                                                        assembly {
                                                            result := staticcall(gas, target, add(combined, 0x20), mload(combined), mload(0x40), 0)
                                                        }
                                                        return result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Hash an order, returning the canonical EIP-712 order hash without the domain separator
                                                     * @param order Order to hash
                                                     * @param nonce maker nonce to hash
                                                     * @return Hash of order
                                                     */
                                                    function hashOrder(Order memory order, uint nonce)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (bytes32 hash)
                                                    {
                                                        /* Unfortunately abi.encodePacked doesn't work here, stack size constraints. */
                                                        uint size = 800;
                                                        bytes memory array = new bytes(size);
                                                        uint index;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            index := add(array, 0x20)
                                                        }
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteBytes32(index, _ORDER_TYPEHASH);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.exchange);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.maker);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.taker);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.makerRelayerFee);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.takerRelayerFee);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.makerProtocolFee);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.takerProtocolFee);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.feeRecipient);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint8Word(index, uint8(order.feeMethod));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint8Word(index, uint8(order.side));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint8Word(index, uint8(order.saleKind));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.target);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint8Word(index, uint8(order.howToCall));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteBytes32(index, keccak256(order.calldata));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteBytes32(index, keccak256(order.replacementPattern));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.staticTarget);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteBytes32(index, keccak256(order.staticExtradata));
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteAddressWord(index, order.paymentToken);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.basePrice);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.extra);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.listingTime);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.expirationTime);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, order.salt);
                                                        index = ArrayUtils.unsafeWriteUint(index, nonce);
                                                        assembly {
                                                            hash := keccak256(add(array, 0x20), size)
                                                        }
                                                        return hash;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Hash an order, returning the hash that a client must sign via EIP-712 including the message prefix
                                                     * @param order Order to hash
                                                     * @param nonce Nonce to hash
                                                     * @return Hash of message prefix and order hash per Ethereum format
                                                     */
                                                    function hashToSign(Order memory order, uint nonce)
                                                        internal
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (bytes32)
                                                    {
                                                        return keccak256(
                                                            abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", DOMAIN_SEPARATOR, hashOrder(order, nonce))
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Assert an order is valid and return its hash
                                                     * @param order Order to validate
                                                     * @param nonce Nonce to validate
                                                     * @param sig ECDSA signature
                                                     */
                                                    function requireValidOrder(Order memory order, Sig memory sig, uint nonce)
                                                        internal
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bytes32)
                                                    {
                                                        bytes32 hash = hashToSign(order, nonce);
                                                        require(validateOrder(hash, order, sig));
                                                        return hash;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Validate order parameters (does *not* check signature validity)
                                                     * @param order Order to validate
                                                     */
                                                    function validateOrderParameters(Order memory order)
                                                        internal
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        /* Order must be targeted at this protocol version (this Exchange contract). */
                                                        if (order.exchange != address(this)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Order must have a maker. */
                                                        if (order.maker == address(0)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Order must possess valid sale kind parameter combination. */
                                                        if (!SaleKindInterface.validateParameters(order.saleKind, order.expirationTime)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* If using the split fee method, order must have sufficient protocol fees. */
                                                        if (order.feeMethod == FeeMethod.SplitFee && (order.makerProtocolFee < minimumMakerProtocolFee || order.takerProtocolFee < minimumTakerProtocolFee)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Validate a provided previously approved / signed order, hash, and signature.
                                                     * @param hash Order hash (already calculated, passed to avoid recalculation)
                                                     * @param order Order to validate
                                                     * @param sig ECDSA signature
                                                     */
                                                    function validateOrder(bytes32 hash, Order memory order, Sig memory sig)
                                                        internal
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        /* Not done in an if-conditional to prevent unnecessary ecrecover evaluation, which seems to happen even though it should short-circuit. */
                                                
                                                        /* Order must have valid parameters. */
                                                        if (!validateOrderParameters(order)) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Order must have not been canceled or already filled. */
                                                        if (cancelledOrFinalized[hash]) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Return true if order has been previously approved with the current nonce */
                                                        uint approvedOrderNoncePlusOne = _approvedOrdersByNonce[hash];
                                                        if (approvedOrderNoncePlusOne != 0) {
                                                            return approvedOrderNoncePlusOne == nonces[order.maker] + 1;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Prevent signature malleability and non-standard v values. */
                                                        if (uint256(sig.s) > 0x7FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF5D576E7357A4501DDFE92F46681B20A0) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                        if (sig.v != 27 && sig.v != 28) {
                                                            return false;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* recover via ECDSA, signed by maker (already verified as non-zero). */
                                                        if (ecrecover(hash, sig.v, sig.r, sig.s) == order.maker) {
                                                            return true;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* fallback — attempt EIP-1271 isValidSignature check. */
                                                        return _tryContractSignature(order.maker, hash, sig);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _tryContractSignature(address orderMaker, bytes32 hash, Sig memory sig) internal view returns (bool) {
                                                        bytes memory isValidSignatureData = abi.encodeWithSelector(
                                                            _EIP_1271_MAGIC_VALUE,
                                                            hash,
                                                            abi.encodePacked(sig.r, sig.s, sig.v)
                                                        );
                                                
                                                        bytes4 result;
                                                
                                                        // NOTE: solidity 0.4.x does not support STATICCALL outside of assembly
                                                        assembly {
                                                            let success := staticcall(           // perform a staticcall
                                                                gas,                             // forward all available gas
                                                                orderMaker,                      // call the order maker
                                                                add(isValidSignatureData, 0x20), // calldata offset comes after length
                                                                mload(isValidSignatureData),     // load calldata length
                                                                0,                               // do not use memory for return data
                                                                0                                // do not use memory for return data
                                                            )
                                                
                                                            if iszero(success) {                     // if the call fails
                                                                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize) // copy returndata buffer to memory
                                                                revert(0, returndatasize)            // revert + pass through revert data
                                                            }
                                                
                                                            if eq(returndatasize, 0x20) {  // if returndata == 32 (one word)
                                                                returndatacopy(0, 0, 0x20) // copy return data to memory in scratch space
                                                                result := mload(0)         // load return data from memory to the stack
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        return result == _EIP_1271_MAGIC_VALUE;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Determine if an order has been approved. Note that the order may not still
                                                     * be valid in cases where the maker's nonce has been incremented.
                                                     * @param hash Hash of the order
                                                     * @return whether or not the order was approved.
                                                     */
                                                    function approvedOrders(bytes32 hash) public view returns (bool approved) {
                                                        return _approvedOrdersByNonce[hash] != 0;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Approve an order and optionally mark it for orderbook inclusion. Must be called by the maker of the order
                                                     * @param order Order to approve
                                                     * @param orderbookInclusionDesired Whether orderbook providers should include the order in their orderbooks
                                                     */
                                                    function approveOrder(Order memory order, bool orderbookInclusionDesired)
                                                        internal
                                                    {
                                                        /* CHECKS */
                                                
                                                        /* Assert sender is authorized to approve order. */
                                                        require(msg.sender == order.maker);
                                                
                                                        /* Calculate order hash. */
                                                        bytes32 hash = hashToSign(order, nonces[order.maker]);
                                                
                                                        /* Assert order has not already been approved. */
                                                        require(_approvedOrdersByNonce[hash] == 0);
                                                
                                                        /* EFFECTS */
                                                
                                                        /* Mark order as approved. */
                                                        _approvedOrdersByNonce[hash] = nonces[order.maker] + 1;
                                                
                                                        /* Log approval event. Must be split in two due to Solidity stack size limitations. */
                                                        {
                                                            emit OrderApprovedPartOne(hash, order.exchange, order.maker, order.taker, order.makerRelayerFee, order.takerRelayerFee, order.makerProtocolFee, order.takerProtocolFee, order.feeRecipient, order.feeMethod, order.side, order.saleKind, order.target);
                                                        }
                                                        {
                                                            emit OrderApprovedPartTwo(hash, order.howToCall, order.calldata, order.replacementPattern, order.staticTarget, order.staticExtradata, order.paymentToken, order.basePrice, order.extra, order.listingTime, order.expirationTime, order.salt, orderbookInclusionDesired);
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Cancel an order, preventing it from being matched. Must be called by the maker of the order
                                                     * @param order Order to cancel
                                                     * @param nonce Nonce to cancel
                                                     * @param sig ECDSA signature
                                                     */
                                                    function cancelOrder(Order memory order, Sig memory sig, uint nonce)
                                                        internal
                                                    {
                                                        /* CHECKS */
                                                
                                                        /* Calculate order hash. */
                                                        bytes32 hash = requireValidOrder(order, sig, nonce);
                                                
                                                        /* Assert sender is authorized to cancel order. */
                                                        require(msg.sender == order.maker);
                                                
                                                        /* EFFECTS */
                                                
                                                        /* Mark order as cancelled, preventing it from being matched. */
                                                        cancelledOrFinalized[hash] = true;
                                                
                                                        /* Log cancel event. */
                                                        emit OrderCancelled(hash);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Calculate the current price of an order (convenience function)
                                                     * @param order Order to calculate the price of
                                                     * @return The current price of the order
                                                     */
                                                    function calculateCurrentPrice (Order memory order)
                                                        internal
                                                        view
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        return SaleKindInterface.calculateFinalPrice(order.side, order.saleKind, order.basePrice, order.extra, order.listingTime, order.expirationTime);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Calculate the price two orders would match at, if in fact they would match (otherwise fail)
                                                     * @param buy Buy-side order
                                                     * @param sell Sell-side order
                                                     * @return Match price
                                                     */
                                                    function calculateMatchPrice(Order memory buy, Order memory sell)
                                                        view
                                                        internal
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        /* Calculate sell price. */
                                                        uint sellPrice = SaleKindInterface.calculateFinalPrice(sell.side, sell.saleKind, sell.basePrice, sell.extra, sell.listingTime, sell.expirationTime);
                                                
                                                        /* Calculate buy price. */
                                                        uint buyPrice = SaleKindInterface.calculateFinalPrice(buy.side, buy.saleKind, buy.basePrice, buy.extra, buy.listingTime, buy.expirationTime);
                                                
                                                        /* Require price cross. */
                                                        require(buyPrice >= sellPrice);
                                                
                                                        /* Maker/taker priority. */
                                                        return sell.feeRecipient != address(0) ? sellPrice : buyPrice;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Execute all ERC20 token / Ether transfers associated with an order match (fees and buyer => seller transfer)
                                                     * @param buy Buy-side order
                                                     * @param sell Sell-side order
                                                     */
                                                    function executeFundsTransfer(Order memory buy, Order memory sell)
                                                        internal
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        /* Only payable in the special case of unwrapped Ether. */
                                                        if (sell.paymentToken != address(0)) {
                                                            require(msg.value == 0);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Calculate match price. */
                                                        uint price = calculateMatchPrice(buy, sell);
                                                
                                                        /* If paying using a token (not Ether), transfer tokens. This is done prior to fee payments to that a seller will have tokens before being charged fees. */
                                                        if (price > 0 && sell.paymentToken != address(0)) {
                                                            transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, buy.maker, sell.maker, price);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Amount that will be received by seller (for Ether). */
                                                        uint receiveAmount = price;
                                                
                                                        /* Amount that must be sent by buyer (for Ether). */
                                                        uint requiredAmount = price;
                                                
                                                        /* Determine maker/taker and charge fees accordingly. */
                                                        if (sell.feeRecipient != address(0)) {
                                                            /* Sell-side order is maker. */
                                                
                                                            /* Assert taker fee is less than or equal to maximum fee specified by buyer. */
                                                            require(sell.takerRelayerFee <= buy.takerRelayerFee);
                                                
                                                            if (sell.feeMethod == FeeMethod.SplitFee) {
                                                                /* Assert taker fee is less than or equal to maximum fee specified by buyer. */
                                                                require(sell.takerProtocolFee <= buy.takerProtocolFee);
                                                
                                                                /* Maker fees are deducted from the token amount that the maker receives. Taker fees are extra tokens that must be paid by the taker. */
                                                
                                                                if (sell.makerRelayerFee > 0) {
                                                                    uint makerRelayerFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(sell.makerRelayerFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    if (sell.paymentToken == address(0)) {
                                                                        receiveAmount = SafeMath.sub(receiveAmount, makerRelayerFee);
                                                                        sell.feeRecipient.transfer(makerRelayerFee);
                                                                    } else {
                                                                        transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, sell.maker, sell.feeRecipient, makerRelayerFee);
                                                                    }
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                if (sell.takerRelayerFee > 0) {
                                                                    uint takerRelayerFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(sell.takerRelayerFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    if (sell.paymentToken == address(0)) {
                                                                        requiredAmount = SafeMath.add(requiredAmount, takerRelayerFee);
                                                                        sell.feeRecipient.transfer(takerRelayerFee);
                                                                    } else {
                                                                        transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, buy.maker, sell.feeRecipient, takerRelayerFee);
                                                                    }
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                if (sell.makerProtocolFee > 0) {
                                                                    uint makerProtocolFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(sell.makerProtocolFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    if (sell.paymentToken == address(0)) {
                                                                        receiveAmount = SafeMath.sub(receiveAmount, makerProtocolFee);
                                                                        protocolFeeRecipient.transfer(makerProtocolFee);
                                                                    } else {
                                                                        transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, sell.maker, protocolFeeRecipient, makerProtocolFee);
                                                                    }
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                if (sell.takerProtocolFee > 0) {
                                                                    uint takerProtocolFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(sell.takerProtocolFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    if (sell.paymentToken == address(0)) {
                                                                        requiredAmount = SafeMath.add(requiredAmount, takerProtocolFee);
                                                                        protocolFeeRecipient.transfer(takerProtocolFee);
                                                                    } else {
                                                                        transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, buy.maker, protocolFeeRecipient, takerProtocolFee);
                                                                    }
                                                                }
                                                
                                                            } else {
                                                                /* Charge maker fee to seller. */
                                                                chargeProtocolFee(sell.maker, sell.feeRecipient, sell.makerRelayerFee);
                                                
                                                                /* Charge taker fee to buyer. */
                                                                chargeProtocolFee(buy.maker, sell.feeRecipient, sell.takerRelayerFee);
                                                            }
                                                        } else {
                                                            /* Buy-side order is maker. */
                                                
                                                            /* Assert taker fee is less than or equal to maximum fee specified by seller. */
                                                            require(buy.takerRelayerFee <= sell.takerRelayerFee);
                                                
                                                            if (sell.feeMethod == FeeMethod.SplitFee) {
                                                                /* The Exchange does not escrow Ether, so direct Ether can only be used to with sell-side maker / buy-side taker orders. */
                                                                require(sell.paymentToken != address(0));
                                                
                                                                /* Assert taker fee is less than or equal to maximum fee specified by seller. */
                                                                require(buy.takerProtocolFee <= sell.takerProtocolFee);
                                                
                                                                if (buy.makerRelayerFee > 0) {
                                                                    makerRelayerFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(buy.makerRelayerFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, buy.maker, buy.feeRecipient, makerRelayerFee);
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                if (buy.takerRelayerFee > 0) {
                                                                    takerRelayerFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(buy.takerRelayerFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, sell.maker, buy.feeRecipient, takerRelayerFee);
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                if (buy.makerProtocolFee > 0) {
                                                                    makerProtocolFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(buy.makerProtocolFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, buy.maker, protocolFeeRecipient, makerProtocolFee);
                                                                }
                                                
                                                                if (buy.takerProtocolFee > 0) {
                                                                    takerProtocolFee = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(buy.takerProtocolFee, price), INVERSE_BASIS_POINT);
                                                                    transferTokens(sell.paymentToken, sell.maker, protocolFeeRecipient, takerProtocolFee);
                                                                }
                                                
                                                            } else {
                                                                /* Charge maker fee to buyer. */
                                                                chargeProtocolFee(buy.maker, buy.feeRecipient, buy.makerRelayerFee);
                                                
                                                                /* Charge taker fee to seller. */
                                                                chargeProtocolFee(sell.maker, buy.feeRecipient, buy.takerRelayerFee);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        if (sell.paymentToken == address(0)) {
                                                            /* Special-case Ether, order must be matched by buyer. */
                                                            require(msg.value >= requiredAmount);
                                                            sell.maker.transfer(receiveAmount);
                                                            /* Allow overshoot for variable-price auctions, refund difference. */
                                                            uint diff = SafeMath.sub(msg.value, requiredAmount);
                                                            if (diff > 0) {
                                                                buy.maker.transfer(diff);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* This contract should never hold Ether, however, we cannot assert this, since it is impossible to prevent anyone from sending Ether e.g. with selfdestruct. */
                                                
                                                        return price;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Return whether or not two orders can be matched with each other by basic parameters (does not check order signatures / calldata or perform static calls)
                                                     * @param buy Buy-side order
                                                     * @param sell Sell-side order
                                                     * @return Whether or not the two orders can be matched
                                                     */
                                                    function ordersCanMatch(Order memory buy, Order memory sell)
                                                        internal
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        return (
                                                            /* Must be opposite-side. */
                                                            (buy.side == SaleKindInterface.Side.Buy && sell.side == SaleKindInterface.Side.Sell) &&
                                                            /* Must use same fee method. */
                                                            (buy.feeMethod == sell.feeMethod) &&
                                                            /* Must use same payment token. */
                                                            (buy.paymentToken == sell.paymentToken) &&
                                                            /* Must match maker/taker addresses. */
                                                            (sell.taker == address(0) || sell.taker == buy.maker) &&
                                                            (buy.taker == address(0) || buy.taker == sell.maker) &&
                                                            /* One must be maker and the other must be taker (no bool XOR in Solidity). */
                                                            ((sell.feeRecipient == address(0) && buy.feeRecipient != address(0)) || (sell.feeRecipient != address(0) && buy.feeRecipient == address(0))) &&
                                                            /* Must match target. */
                                                            (buy.target == sell.target) &&
                                                            /* Must match howToCall. */
                                                            (buy.howToCall == sell.howToCall) &&
                                                            /* Buy-side order must be settleable. */
                                                            SaleKindInterface.canSettleOrder(buy.listingTime, buy.expirationTime) &&
                                                            /* Sell-side order must be settleable. */
                                                            SaleKindInterface.canSettleOrder(sell.listingTime, sell.expirationTime)
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Atomically match two orders, ensuring validity of the match, and execute all associated state transitions. Protected against reentrancy by a contract-global lock.
                                                     * @param buy Buy-side order
                                                     * @param buySig Buy-side order signature
                                                     * @param sell Sell-side order
                                                     * @param sellSig Sell-side order signature
                                                     */
                                                    function atomicMatch(Order memory buy, Sig memory buySig, Order memory sell, Sig memory sellSig, bytes32 metadata)
                                                        internal
                                                        reentrancyGuard
                                                    {
                                                        /* CHECKS */
                                                
                                                        /* Ensure buy order validity and calculate hash if necessary. */
                                                        bytes32 buyHash;
                                                        if (buy.maker == msg.sender) {
                                                            require(validateOrderParameters(buy));
                                                        } else {
                                                            buyHash = _requireValidOrderWithNonce(buy, buySig);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Ensure sell order validity and calculate hash if necessary. */
                                                        bytes32 sellHash;
                                                        if (sell.maker == msg.sender) {
                                                            require(validateOrderParameters(sell));
                                                        } else {
                                                            sellHash = _requireValidOrderWithNonce(sell, sellSig);
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Must be matchable. */
                                                        require(ordersCanMatch(buy, sell));
                                                
                                                        /* Target must exist (prevent malicious selfdestructs just prior to order settlement). */
                                                        uint size;
                                                        address target = sell.target;
                                                        assembly {
                                                            size := extcodesize(target)
                                                        }
                                                        require(size > 0);
                                                
                                                        /* Must match calldata after replacement, if specified. */
                                                        if (buy.replacementPattern.length > 0) {
                                                          ArrayUtils.guardedArrayReplace(buy.calldata, sell.calldata, buy.replacementPattern);
                                                        }
                                                        if (sell.replacementPattern.length > 0) {
                                                          ArrayUtils.guardedArrayReplace(sell.calldata, buy.calldata, sell.replacementPattern);
                                                        }
                                                        require(ArrayUtils.arrayEq(buy.calldata, sell.calldata));
                                                
                                                        /* Retrieve delegateProxy contract. */
                                                        OwnableDelegateProxy delegateProxy = registry.proxies(sell.maker);
                                                
                                                        /* Proxy must exist. */
                                                        require(delegateProxy != address(0));
                                                
                                                        /* Access the passthrough AuthenticatedProxy. */
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy proxy = AuthenticatedProxy(delegateProxy);
                                                
                                                        /* EFFECTS */
                                                
                                                        /* Mark previously signed or approved orders as finalized. */
                                                        if (msg.sender != buy.maker) {
                                                            cancelledOrFinalized[buyHash] = true;
                                                        }
                                                        if (msg.sender != sell.maker) {
                                                            cancelledOrFinalized[sellHash] = true;
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* INTERACTIONS */
                                                
                                                        /* Execute funds transfer and pay fees. */
                                                        uint price = executeFundsTransfer(buy, sell);
                                                
                                                        /* Assert implementation. */
                                                        require(delegateProxy.implementation() == registry.delegateProxyImplementation());
                                                
                                                        /* Execute specified call through proxy. */
                                                        require(proxy.proxy(sell.target, sell.howToCall, sell.calldata));
                                                
                                                        /* Static calls are intentionally done after the effectful call so they can check resulting state. */
                                                
                                                        /* Handle buy-side static call if specified. */
                                                        if (buy.staticTarget != address(0)) {
                                                            require(staticCall(buy.staticTarget, sell.calldata, buy.staticExtradata));
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Handle sell-side static call if specified. */
                                                        if (sell.staticTarget != address(0)) {
                                                            require(staticCall(sell.staticTarget, sell.calldata, sell.staticExtradata));
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        /* Log match event. */
                                                        emit OrdersMatched(buyHash, sellHash, sell.feeRecipient != address(0) ? sell.maker : buy.maker, sell.feeRecipient != address(0) ? buy.maker : sell.maker, price, metadata);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _requireValidOrderWithNonce(Order memory order, Sig memory sig) internal view returns (bytes32) {
                                                        return requireValidOrder(order, sig, nonces[order.maker]);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Exchange is ExchangeCore {
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call guardedArrayReplace - library function exposed for testing.
                                                     */
                                                    function guardedArrayReplace(bytes array, bytes desired, bytes mask)
                                                        public
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (bytes)
                                                    {
                                                        ArrayUtils.guardedArrayReplace(array, desired, mask);
                                                        return array;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call calculateFinalPrice - library function exposed for testing.
                                                     */
                                                    function calculateFinalPrice(SaleKindInterface.Side side, SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind, uint basePrice, uint extra, uint listingTime, uint expirationTime)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        return SaleKindInterface.calculateFinalPrice(side, saleKind, basePrice, extra, listingTime, expirationTime);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call hashOrder - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function hashOrder_(
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bytes32)
                                                    {
                                                        return hashOrder(
                                                          Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]),
                                                          nonces[addrs[1]]
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call hashToSign - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function hashToSign_(
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bytes32)
                                                    {
                                                        return hashToSign(
                                                          Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]),
                                                          nonces[addrs[1]]
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call validateOrderParameters - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function validateOrderParameters_ (
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata)
                                                        view
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory order = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        return validateOrderParameters(
                                                          order
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call validateOrder - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function validateOrder_ (
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata,
                                                        uint8 v,
                                                        bytes32 r,
                                                        bytes32 s)
                                                        view
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory order = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        return validateOrder(
                                                          hashToSign(order, nonces[order.maker]),
                                                          order,
                                                          Sig(v, r, s)
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call approveOrder - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function approveOrder_ (
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata,
                                                        bool orderbookInclusionDesired)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory order = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        return approveOrder(order, orderbookInclusionDesired);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call cancelOrder - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function cancelOrder_(
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata,
                                                        uint8 v,
                                                        bytes32 r,
                                                        bytes32 s)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory order = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        return cancelOrder(
                                                          order,
                                                          Sig(v, r, s),
                                                          nonces[order.maker]
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call cancelOrder, supplying a specific nonce — enables cancelling orders
                                                     that were signed with nonces greater than the current nonce.
                                                     */
                                                    function cancelOrderWithNonce_(
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata,
                                                        uint8 v,
                                                        bytes32 r,
                                                        bytes32 s,
                                                        uint nonce)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory order = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        return cancelOrder(
                                                          order,
                                                          Sig(v, r, s),
                                                          nonce
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call calculateCurrentPrice - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function calculateCurrentPrice_(
                                                        address[7] addrs,
                                                        uint[9] uints,
                                                        FeeMethod feeMethod,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.Side side,
                                                        SaleKindInterface.SaleKind saleKind,
                                                        AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall howToCall,
                                                        bytes calldata,
                                                        bytes replacementPattern,
                                                        bytes staticExtradata)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        return calculateCurrentPrice(
                                                          Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], feeMethod, side, saleKind, addrs[4], howToCall, calldata, replacementPattern, addrs[5], staticExtradata, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8])
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call ordersCanMatch - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function ordersCanMatch_(
                                                        address[14] addrs,
                                                        uint[18] uints,
                                                        uint8[8] feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls,
                                                        bytes calldataBuy,
                                                        bytes calldataSell,
                                                        bytes replacementPatternBuy,
                                                        bytes replacementPatternSell,
                                                        bytes staticExtradataBuy,
                                                        bytes staticExtradataSell)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory buy = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], FeeMethod(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[0]), SaleKindInterface.Side(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[1]), SaleKindInterface.SaleKind(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[2]), addrs[4], AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[3]), calldataBuy, replacementPatternBuy, addrs[5], staticExtradataBuy, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        Order memory sell = Order(addrs[7], addrs[8], addrs[9], uints[9], uints[10], uints[11], uints[12], addrs[10], FeeMethod(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[4]), SaleKindInterface.Side(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[5]), SaleKindInterface.SaleKind(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[6]), addrs[11], AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[7]), calldataSell, replacementPatternSell, addrs[12], staticExtradataSell, ERC20(addrs[13]), uints[13], uints[14], uints[15], uints[16], uints[17]);
                                                        return ordersCanMatch(
                                                          buy,
                                                          sell
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Return whether or not two orders' calldata specifications can match
                                                     * @param buyCalldata Buy-side order calldata
                                                     * @param buyReplacementPattern Buy-side order calldata replacement mask
                                                     * @param sellCalldata Sell-side order calldata
                                                     * @param sellReplacementPattern Sell-side order calldata replacement mask
                                                     * @return Whether the orders' calldata can be matched
                                                     */
                                                    function orderCalldataCanMatch(bytes buyCalldata, bytes buyReplacementPattern, bytes sellCalldata, bytes sellReplacementPattern)
                                                        public
                                                        pure
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        if (buyReplacementPattern.length > 0) {
                                                          ArrayUtils.guardedArrayReplace(buyCalldata, sellCalldata, buyReplacementPattern);
                                                        }
                                                        if (sellReplacementPattern.length > 0) {
                                                          ArrayUtils.guardedArrayReplace(sellCalldata, buyCalldata, sellReplacementPattern);
                                                        }
                                                        return ArrayUtils.arrayEq(buyCalldata, sellCalldata);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call calculateMatchPrice - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function calculateMatchPrice_(
                                                        address[14] addrs,
                                                        uint[18] uints,
                                                        uint8[8] feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls,
                                                        bytes calldataBuy,
                                                        bytes calldataSell,
                                                        bytes replacementPatternBuy,
                                                        bytes replacementPatternSell,
                                                        bytes staticExtradataBuy,
                                                        bytes staticExtradataSell)
                                                        public
                                                        view
                                                        returns (uint)
                                                    {
                                                        Order memory buy = Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], FeeMethod(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[0]), SaleKindInterface.Side(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[1]), SaleKindInterface.SaleKind(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[2]), addrs[4], AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[3]), calldataBuy, replacementPatternBuy, addrs[5], staticExtradataBuy, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]);
                                                        Order memory sell = Order(addrs[7], addrs[8], addrs[9], uints[9], uints[10], uints[11], uints[12], addrs[10], FeeMethod(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[4]), SaleKindInterface.Side(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[5]), SaleKindInterface.SaleKind(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[6]), addrs[11], AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[7]), calldataSell, replacementPatternSell, addrs[12], staticExtradataSell, ERC20(addrs[13]), uints[13], uints[14], uints[15], uints[16], uints[17]);
                                                        return calculateMatchPrice(
                                                          buy,
                                                          sell
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Call atomicMatch - Solidity ABI encoding limitation workaround, hopefully temporary.
                                                     */
                                                    function atomicMatch_(
                                                        address[14] addrs,
                                                        uint[18] uints,
                                                        uint8[8] feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls,
                                                        bytes calldataBuy,
                                                        bytes calldataSell,
                                                        bytes replacementPatternBuy,
                                                        bytes replacementPatternSell,
                                                        bytes staticExtradataBuy,
                                                        bytes staticExtradataSell,
                                                        uint8[2] vs,
                                                        bytes32[5] rssMetadata)
                                                        public
                                                        payable
                                                    {
                                                
                                                        return atomicMatch(
                                                          Order(addrs[0], addrs[1], addrs[2], uints[0], uints[1], uints[2], uints[3], addrs[3], FeeMethod(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[0]), SaleKindInterface.Side(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[1]), SaleKindInterface.SaleKind(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[2]), addrs[4], AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[3]), calldataBuy, replacementPatternBuy, addrs[5], staticExtradataBuy, ERC20(addrs[6]), uints[4], uints[5], uints[6], uints[7], uints[8]),
                                                          Sig(vs[0], rssMetadata[0], rssMetadata[1]),
                                                          Order(addrs[7], addrs[8], addrs[9], uints[9], uints[10], uints[11], uints[12], addrs[10], FeeMethod(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[4]), SaleKindInterface.Side(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[5]), SaleKindInterface.SaleKind(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[6]), addrs[11], AuthenticatedProxy.HowToCall(feeMethodsSidesKindsHowToCalls[7]), calldataSell, replacementPatternSell, addrs[12], staticExtradataSell, ERC20(addrs[13]), uints[13], uints[14], uints[15], uints[16], uints[17]),
                                                          Sig(vs[1], rssMetadata[2], rssMetadata[3]),
                                                          rssMetadata[4]
                                                        );
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract WyvernExchangeWithBulkCancellations is Exchange {
                                                    string public constant codename = "Bulk Smash";
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Initialize a WyvernExchange instance
                                                     * @param registryAddress Address of the registry instance which this Exchange instance will use
                                                     * @param tokenAddress Address of the token used for protocol fees
                                                     */
                                                    constructor (ProxyRegistry registryAddress, TokenTransferProxy tokenTransferProxyAddress, ERC20 tokenAddress, address protocolFeeAddress) public {
                                                        registry = registryAddress;
                                                        tokenTransferProxy = tokenTransferProxyAddress;
                                                        exchangeToken = tokenAddress;
                                                        protocolFeeRecipient = protocolFeeAddress;
                                                        owner = msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                library SaleKindInterface {
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Side: buy or sell.
                                                     */
                                                    enum Side { Buy, Sell }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Currently supported kinds of sale: fixed price, Dutch auction.
                                                     * English auctions cannot be supported without stronger escrow guarantees.
                                                     * Future interesting options: Vickrey auction, nonlinear Dutch auctions.
                                                     */
                                                    enum SaleKind { FixedPrice, DutchAuction }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Check whether the parameters of a sale are valid
                                                     * @param saleKind Kind of sale
                                                     * @param expirationTime Order expiration time
                                                     * @return Whether the parameters were valid
                                                     */
                                                    function validateParameters(SaleKind saleKind, uint expirationTime)
                                                        pure
                                                        internal
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        /* Auctions must have a set expiration date. */
                                                        return (saleKind == SaleKind.FixedPrice || expirationTime > 0);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Return whether or not an order can be settled
                                                     * @dev Precondition: parameters have passed validateParameters
                                                     * @param listingTime Order listing time
                                                     * @param expirationTime Order expiration time
                                                     */
                                                    function canSettleOrder(uint listingTime, uint expirationTime)
                                                        view
                                                        internal
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        return (listingTime < now) && (expirationTime == 0 || now < expirationTime);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Calculate the settlement price of an order
                                                     * @dev Precondition: parameters have passed validateParameters.
                                                     * @param side Order side
                                                     * @param saleKind Method of sale
                                                     * @param basePrice Order base price
                                                     * @param extra Order extra price data
                                                     * @param listingTime Order listing time
                                                     * @param expirationTime Order expiration time
                                                     */
                                                    function calculateFinalPrice(Side side, SaleKind saleKind, uint basePrice, uint extra, uint listingTime, uint expirationTime)
                                                        view
                                                        internal
                                                        returns (uint finalPrice)
                                                    {
                                                        if (saleKind == SaleKind.FixedPrice) {
                                                            return basePrice;
                                                        } else if (saleKind == SaleKind.DutchAuction) {
                                                            uint diff = SafeMath.div(SafeMath.mul(extra, SafeMath.sub(now, listingTime)), SafeMath.sub(expirationTime, listingTime));
                                                            if (side == Side.Sell) {
                                                                /* Sell-side - start price: basePrice. End price: basePrice - extra. */
                                                                return SafeMath.sub(basePrice, diff);
                                                            } else {
                                                                /* Buy-side - start price: basePrice. End price: basePrice + extra. */
                                                                return SafeMath.add(basePrice, diff);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ProxyRegistry is Ownable {
                                                
                                                    /* DelegateProxy implementation contract. Must be initialized. */
                                                    address public delegateProxyImplementation;
                                                
                                                    /* Authenticated proxies by user. */
                                                    mapping(address => OwnableDelegateProxy) public proxies;
                                                
                                                    /* Contracts pending access. */
                                                    mapping(address => uint) public pending;
                                                
                                                    /* Contracts allowed to call those proxies. */
                                                    mapping(address => bool) public contracts;
                                                
                                                    /* Delay period for adding an authenticated contract.
                                                       This mitigates a particular class of potential attack on the Wyvern DAO (which owns this registry) - if at any point the value of assets held by proxy contracts exceeded the value of half the WYV supply (votes in the DAO),
                                                       a malicious but rational attacker could buy half the Wyvern and grant themselves access to all the proxy contracts. A delay period renders this attack nonthreatening - given two weeks, if that happened, users would have
                                                       plenty of time to notice and transfer their assets.
                                                    */
                                                    uint public DELAY_PERIOD = 2 weeks;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Start the process to enable access for specified contract. Subject to delay period.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address to which to grant permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function startGrantAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        require(!contracts[addr] && pending[addr] == 0);
                                                        pending[addr] = now;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * End the process to nable access for specified contract after delay period has passed.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address to which to grant permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function endGrantAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        require(!contracts[addr] && pending[addr] != 0 && ((pending[addr] + DELAY_PERIOD) < now));
                                                        pending[addr] = 0;
                                                        contracts[addr] = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Revoke access for specified contract. Can be done instantly.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address of which to revoke permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function revokeAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        contracts[addr] = false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Register a proxy contract with this registry
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Must be called by the user which the proxy is for, creates a new AuthenticatedProxy
                                                     * @return New AuthenticatedProxy contract
                                                     */
                                                    function registerProxy()
                                                        public
                                                        returns (OwnableDelegateProxy proxy)
                                                    {
                                                        require(proxies[msg.sender] == address(0));
                                                        proxy = new OwnableDelegateProxy(msg.sender, delegateProxyImplementation, abi.encodeWithSignature("initialize(address,address)", msg.sender, address(this)));
                                                        proxies[msg.sender] = proxy;
                                                        return proxy;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract TokenTransferProxy {
                                                
                                                    /* Authentication registry. */
                                                    ProxyRegistry public registry;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Call ERC20 `transferFrom`
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Authenticated contract only
                                                     * @param token ERC20 token address
                                                     * @param from From address
                                                     * @param to To address
                                                     * @param amount Transfer amount
                                                     */
                                                    function transferFrom(address token, address from, address to, uint amount)
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool)
                                                    {
                                                        require(registry.contracts(msg.sender));
                                                        return ERC20(token).transferFrom(from, to, amount);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                  // Current implementation
                                                  address internal _implementation;
                                                
                                                  // Owner of the contract
                                                  address private _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                                   * @return the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeabilityOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Sets the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function setUpgradeabilityOwner(address newUpgradeabilityOwner) internal {
                                                    _upgradeabilityOwner = newUpgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the current implementation
                                                  * @return address of the current implementation
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _implementation;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the proxy type (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Proxy type, 2 for forwarding proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
                                                    return 2;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract AuthenticatedProxy is TokenRecipient, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                    /* Whether initialized. */
                                                    bool initialized = false;
                                                
                                                    /* Address which owns this proxy. */
                                                    address public user;
                                                
                                                    /* Associated registry with contract authentication information. */
                                                    ProxyRegistry public registry;
                                                
                                                    /* Whether access has been revoked. */
                                                    bool public revoked;
                                                
                                                    /* Delegate call could be used to atomically transfer multiple assets owned by the proxy contract with one order. */
                                                    enum HowToCall { Call, DelegateCall }
                                                
                                                    /* Event fired when the proxy access is revoked or unrevoked. */
                                                    event Revoked(bool revoked);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Initialize an AuthenticatedProxy
                                                     *
                                                     * @param addrUser Address of user on whose behalf this proxy will act
                                                     * @param addrRegistry Address of ProxyRegistry contract which will manage this proxy
                                                     */
                                                    function initialize (address addrUser, ProxyRegistry addrRegistry)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(!initialized);
                                                        initialized = true;
                                                        user = addrUser;
                                                        registry = addrRegistry;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Set the revoked flag (allows a user to revoke ProxyRegistry access)
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Can be called by the user only
                                                     * @param revoke Whether or not to revoke access
                                                     */
                                                    function setRevoke(bool revoke)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(msg.sender == user);
                                                        revoked = revoke;
                                                        emit Revoked(revoke);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Execute a message call from the proxy contract
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Can be called by the user, or by a contract authorized by the registry as long as the user has not revoked access
                                                     * @param dest Address to which the call will be sent
                                                     * @param howToCall Which kind of call to make
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata to send
                                                     * @return Result of the call (success or failure)
                                                     */
                                                    function proxy(address dest, HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool result)
                                                    {
                                                        require(msg.sender == user || (!revoked && registry.contracts(msg.sender)));
                                                        if (howToCall == HowToCall.Call) {
                                                            result = dest.call(calldata);
                                                        } else if (howToCall == HowToCall.DelegateCall) {
                                                            result = dest.delegatecall(calldata);
                                                        }
                                                        return result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Execute a message call and assert success
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Same functionality as `proxy`, just asserts the return value
                                                     * @param dest Address to which the call will be sent
                                                     * @param howToCall What kind of call to make
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata to send
                                                     */
                                                    function proxyAssert(address dest, HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(proxy(dest, howToCall, calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the implementation where every call will be delegated.
                                                  * @return address of the implementation to which it will be delegated
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the type of proxy (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Type of proxy, 2 for upgradeable proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Fallback function allowing to perform a delegatecall to the given implementation.
                                                  * This function will return whatever the implementation call returns
                                                  */
                                                  function () payable public {
                                                    address _impl = implementation();
                                                    require(_impl != address(0));
                                                
                                                    assembly {
                                                      let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                                      calldatacopy(ptr, 0, calldatasize)
                                                      let result := delegatecall(gas, _impl, ptr, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                                                      let size := returndatasize
                                                      returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)
                                                
                                                      switch result
                                                      case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
                                                      default { return(ptr, size) }
                                                    }
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                                  * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                                  * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                                  */
                                                  event ProxyOwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev This event will be emitted every time the implementation gets upgraded
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the upgraded implementation
                                                  */
                                                  event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Upgrades the implementation address
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set
                                                  */
                                                  function _upgradeTo(address implementation) internal {
                                                    require(_implementation != implementation);
                                                    _implementation = implementation;
                                                    emit Upgraded(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                  */
                                                  modifier onlyProxyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == proxyOwner());
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the proxy owner
                                                   * @return the address of the proxy owner
                                                   */
                                                  function proxyOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return upgradeabilityOwner();
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferProxyOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit ProxyOwnershipTransferred(proxyOwner(), newOwner);
                                                    setUpgradeabilityOwner(newOwner);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeTo(address implementation) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    _upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy
                                                   * and delegatecall the new implementation for initialization.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   * @param data represents the msg.data to bet sent in the low level call. This parameter may include the function
                                                   * signature of the implementation to be called with the needed payload
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeToAndCall(address implementation, bytes data) payable public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                    require(address(this).delegatecall(data));
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnableDelegateProxy is OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                                
                                                    constructor(address owner, address initialImplementation, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        setUpgradeabilityOwner(owner);
                                                        _upgradeTo(initialImplementation);
                                                        require(initialImplementation.delegatecall(calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }

                                                File 5 of 11: MarketRegistry
                                                // SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
                                                
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                
                                                abstract contract Context {
                                                    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
                                                        return msg.sender;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
                                                        return msg.data;
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                abstract contract Ownable is Context {
                                                    address private _owner;
                                                
                                                    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
                                                     */
                                                    constructor() {
                                                        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
                                                        return _owner;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                     */
                                                    modifier onlyOwner() {
                                                        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
                                                        _;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
                                                     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
                                                     *
                                                     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
                                                     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
                                                        _transferOwnership(address(0));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                                     * Can only be called by the current owner.
                                                     */
                                                    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
                                                        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
                                                        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
                                                     * Internal function without access restriction.
                                                     */
                                                    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
                                                        address oldOwner = _owner;
                                                        _owner = newOwner;
                                                        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract MarketRegistry is Ownable {
                                                
                                                    struct TradeDetails {
                                                        uint256 marketId;
                                                        uint256 value;
                                                        bytes tradeData;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    struct Market {
                                                        address proxy;
                                                        bool isLib;
                                                        bool isActive;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    Market[] public markets;
                                                
                                                    constructor(address[] memory proxies, bool[] memory isLibs) {
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proxies.length; i++) {
                                                            markets.push(Market(proxies[i], isLibs[i], true));
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function addMarket(address proxy, bool isLib) external onlyOwner {
                                                        markets.push(Market(proxy, isLib, true));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function setMarketStatus(uint256 marketId, bool newStatus) external onlyOwner {
                                                        Market storage market = markets[marketId];
                                                        market.isActive = newStatus;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    function setMarketProxy(uint256 marketId, address newProxy, bool isLib) external onlyOwner {
                                                        Market storage market = markets[marketId];
                                                        market.proxy = newProxy;
                                                        market.isLib = isLib;
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 6 of 11: WyvernProxyRegistry
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.13;
                                                
                                                contract Ownable {
                                                  address public owner;
                                                
                                                
                                                  event OwnershipRenounced(address indexed previousOwner);
                                                  event OwnershipTransferred(
                                                    address indexed previousOwner,
                                                    address indexed newOwner
                                                  );
                                                
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev The Ownable constructor sets the original `owner` of the contract to the sender
                                                   * account.
                                                   */
                                                  constructor() public {
                                                    owner = msg.sender;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                   */
                                                  modifier onlyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(owner, newOwner);
                                                    owner = newOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to relinquish control of the contract.
                                                   */
                                                  function renounceOwnership() public onlyOwner {
                                                    emit OwnershipRenounced(owner);
                                                    owner = address(0);
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20Basic {
                                                  function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256);
                                                  function balanceOf(address who) public view returns (uint256);
                                                  function transfer(address to, uint256 value) public returns (bool);
                                                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20 is ERC20Basic {
                                                  function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                                    public view returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                  function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value)
                                                    public returns (bool);
                                                
                                                  function approve(address spender, uint256 value) public returns (bool);
                                                  event Approval(
                                                    address indexed owner,
                                                    address indexed spender,
                                                    uint256 value
                                                  );
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract TokenRecipient {
                                                    event ReceivedEther(address indexed sender, uint amount);
                                                    event ReceivedTokens(address indexed from, uint256 value, address indexed token, bytes extraData);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Receive tokens and generate a log event
                                                     * @param from Address from which to transfer tokens
                                                     * @param value Amount of tokens to transfer
                                                     * @param token Address of token
                                                     * @param extraData Additional data to log
                                                     */
                                                    function receiveApproval(address from, uint256 value, address token, bytes extraData) public {
                                                        ERC20 t = ERC20(token);
                                                        require(t.transferFrom(from, this, value));
                                                        emit ReceivedTokens(from, value, token, extraData);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Receive Ether and generate a log event
                                                     */
                                                    function () payable public {
                                                        emit ReceivedEther(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ProxyRegistry is Ownable {
                                                
                                                    /* DelegateProxy implementation contract. Must be initialized. */
                                                    address public delegateProxyImplementation;
                                                
                                                    /* Authenticated proxies by user. */
                                                    mapping(address => OwnableDelegateProxy) public proxies;
                                                
                                                    /* Contracts pending access. */
                                                    mapping(address => uint) public pending;
                                                
                                                    /* Contracts allowed to call those proxies. */
                                                    mapping(address => bool) public contracts;
                                                
                                                    /* Delay period for adding an authenticated contract.
                                                       This mitigates a particular class of potential attack on the Wyvern DAO (which owns this registry) - if at any point the value of assets held by proxy contracts exceeded the value of half the WYV supply (votes in the DAO),
                                                       a malicious but rational attacker could buy half the Wyvern and grant themselves access to all the proxy contracts. A delay period renders this attack nonthreatening - given two weeks, if that happened, users would have
                                                       plenty of time to notice and transfer their assets.
                                                    */
                                                    uint public DELAY_PERIOD = 2 weeks;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Start the process to enable access for specified contract. Subject to delay period.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address to which to grant permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function startGrantAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        require(!contracts[addr] && pending[addr] == 0);
                                                        pending[addr] = now;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * End the process to nable access for specified contract after delay period has passed.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address to which to grant permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function endGrantAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        require(!contracts[addr] && pending[addr] != 0 && ((pending[addr] + DELAY_PERIOD) < now));
                                                        pending[addr] = 0;
                                                        contracts[addr] = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Revoke access for specified contract. Can be done instantly.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address of which to revoke permissions
                                                     */    
                                                    function revokeAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        contracts[addr] = false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Register a proxy contract with this registry
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Must be called by the user which the proxy is for, creates a new AuthenticatedProxy
                                                     * @return New AuthenticatedProxy contract
                                                     */
                                                    function registerProxy()
                                                        public
                                                        returns (OwnableDelegateProxy proxy)
                                                    {
                                                        require(proxies[msg.sender] == address(0));
                                                        proxy = new OwnableDelegateProxy(msg.sender, delegateProxyImplementation, abi.encodeWithSignature("initialize(address,address)", msg.sender, address(this)));
                                                        proxies[msg.sender] = proxy;
                                                        return proxy;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract WyvernProxyRegistry is ProxyRegistry {
                                                
                                                    string public constant name = "Project Wyvern Proxy Registry";
                                                
                                                    /* Whether the initial auth address has been set. */
                                                    bool public initialAddressSet = false;
                                                
                                                    constructor ()
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        delegateProxyImplementation = new AuthenticatedProxy();
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /** 
                                                     * Grant authentication to the initial Exchange protocol contract
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev No delay, can only be called once - after that the standard registry process with a delay must be used
                                                     * @param authAddress Address of the contract to grant authentication
                                                     */
                                                    function grantInitialAuthentication (address authAddress)
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(!initialAddressSet);
                                                        initialAddressSet = true;
                                                        contracts[authAddress] = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                  // Current implementation
                                                  address internal _implementation;
                                                
                                                  // Owner of the contract
                                                  address private _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                                   * @return the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeabilityOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Sets the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function setUpgradeabilityOwner(address newUpgradeabilityOwner) internal {
                                                    _upgradeabilityOwner = newUpgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the current implementation
                                                  * @return address of the current implementation
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _implementation;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the proxy type (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Proxy type, 2 for forwarding proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
                                                    return 2;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract AuthenticatedProxy is TokenRecipient, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                    /* Whether initialized. */
                                                    bool initialized = false;
                                                
                                                    /* Address which owns this proxy. */
                                                    address public user;
                                                
                                                    /* Associated registry with contract authentication information. */
                                                    ProxyRegistry public registry;
                                                
                                                    /* Whether access has been revoked. */
                                                    bool public revoked;
                                                
                                                    /* Delegate call could be used to atomically transfer multiple assets owned by the proxy contract with one order. */
                                                    enum HowToCall { Call, DelegateCall }
                                                
                                                    /* Event fired when the proxy access is revoked or unrevoked. */
                                                    event Revoked(bool revoked);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Initialize an AuthenticatedProxy
                                                     *
                                                     * @param addrUser Address of user on whose behalf this proxy will act
                                                     * @param addrRegistry Address of ProxyRegistry contract which will manage this proxy
                                                     */
                                                    function initialize (address addrUser, ProxyRegistry addrRegistry)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(!initialized);
                                                        initialized = true;
                                                        user = addrUser;
                                                        registry = addrRegistry;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Set the revoked flag (allows a user to revoke ProxyRegistry access)
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Can be called by the user only
                                                     * @param revoke Whether or not to revoke access
                                                     */
                                                    function setRevoke(bool revoke)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(msg.sender == user);
                                                        revoked = revoke;
                                                        emit Revoked(revoke);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Execute a message call from the proxy contract
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Can be called by the user, or by a contract authorized by the registry as long as the user has not revoked access
                                                     * @param dest Address to which the call will be sent
                                                     * @param howToCall Which kind of call to make
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata to send
                                                     * @return Result of the call (success or failure)
                                                     */
                                                    function proxy(address dest, HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool result)
                                                    {
                                                        require(msg.sender == user || (!revoked && registry.contracts(msg.sender)));
                                                        if (howToCall == HowToCall.Call) {
                                                            result = dest.call(calldata);
                                                        } else if (howToCall == HowToCall.DelegateCall) {
                                                            result = dest.delegatecall(calldata);
                                                        }
                                                        return result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Execute a message call and assert success
                                                     * 
                                                     * @dev Same functionality as `proxy`, just asserts the return value
                                                     * @param dest Address to which the call will be sent
                                                     * @param howToCall What kind of call to make
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata to send
                                                     */
                                                    function proxyAssert(address dest, HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(proxy(dest, howToCall, calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the implementation where every call will be delegated.
                                                  * @return address of the implementation to which it will be delegated
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the type of proxy (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Type of proxy, 2 for upgradeable proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Fallback function allowing to perform a delegatecall to the given implementation.
                                                  * This function will return whatever the implementation call returns
                                                  */
                                                  function () payable public {
                                                    address _impl = implementation();
                                                    require(_impl != address(0));
                                                
                                                    assembly {
                                                      let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                                      calldatacopy(ptr, 0, calldatasize)
                                                      let result := delegatecall(gas, _impl, ptr, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                                                      let size := returndatasize
                                                      returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)
                                                
                                                      switch result
                                                      case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
                                                      default { return(ptr, size) }
                                                    }
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                                  * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                                  * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                                  */
                                                  event ProxyOwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev This event will be emitted every time the implementation gets upgraded
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the upgraded implementation
                                                  */
                                                  event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Upgrades the implementation address
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set
                                                  */
                                                  function _upgradeTo(address implementation) internal {
                                                    require(_implementation != implementation);
                                                    _implementation = implementation;
                                                    emit Upgraded(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                  */
                                                  modifier onlyProxyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == proxyOwner());
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the proxy owner
                                                   * @return the address of the proxy owner
                                                   */
                                                  function proxyOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return upgradeabilityOwner();
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferProxyOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit ProxyOwnershipTransferred(proxyOwner(), newOwner);
                                                    setUpgradeabilityOwner(newOwner);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeTo(address implementation) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    _upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy
                                                   * and delegatecall the new implementation for initialization.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   * @param data represents the msg.data to bet sent in the low level call. This parameter may include the function
                                                   * signature of the implementation to be called with the needed payload
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeToAndCall(address implementation, bytes data) payable public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                    require(address(this).delegatecall(data));
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnableDelegateProxy is OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                                
                                                    constructor(address owner, address initialImplementation, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        setUpgradeabilityOwner(owner);
                                                        _upgradeTo(initialImplementation);
                                                        require(initialImplementation.delegatecall(calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }

                                                File 7 of 11: OwnableDelegateProxy
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                  // Current implementation
                                                  address internal _implementation;
                                                
                                                  // Owner of the contract
                                                  address private _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                                   * @return the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeabilityOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Sets the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function setUpgradeabilityOwner(address newUpgradeabilityOwner) internal {
                                                    _upgradeabilityOwner = newUpgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the current implementation
                                                  * @return address of the current implementation
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _implementation;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the proxy type (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Proxy type, 2 for forwarding proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
                                                    return 2;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the implementation where every call will be delegated.
                                                  * @return address of the implementation to which it will be delegated
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the type of proxy (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Type of proxy, 2 for upgradeable proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Fallback function allowing to perform a delegatecall to the given implementation.
                                                  * This function will return whatever the implementation call returns
                                                  */
                                                  function () payable public {
                                                    address _impl = implementation();
                                                    require(_impl != address(0));
                                                
                                                    assembly {
                                                      let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                                      calldatacopy(ptr, 0, calldatasize)
                                                      let result := delegatecall(gas, _impl, ptr, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                                                      let size := returndatasize
                                                      returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)
                                                
                                                      switch result
                                                      case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
                                                      default { return(ptr, size) }
                                                    }
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                                  * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                                  * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                                  */
                                                  event ProxyOwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev This event will be emitted every time the implementation gets upgraded
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the upgraded implementation
                                                  */
                                                  event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Upgrades the implementation address
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set
                                                  */
                                                  function _upgradeTo(address implementation) internal {
                                                    require(_implementation != implementation);
                                                    _implementation = implementation;
                                                    emit Upgraded(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                  */
                                                  modifier onlyProxyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == proxyOwner());
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the proxy owner
                                                   * @return the address of the proxy owner
                                                   */
                                                  function proxyOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return upgradeabilityOwner();
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferProxyOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit ProxyOwnershipTransferred(proxyOwner(), newOwner);
                                                    setUpgradeabilityOwner(newOwner);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeTo(address implementation) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    _upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy
                                                   * and delegatecall the new implementation for initialization.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   * @param data represents the msg.data to bet sent in the low level call. This parameter may include the function
                                                   * signature of the implementation to be called with the needed payload
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeToAndCall(address implementation, bytes data) payable public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                    require(address(this).delegatecall(data));
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                contract OwnableDelegateProxy is OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                                
                                                    constructor(address owner, address initialImplementation, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        setUpgradeabilityOwner(owner);
                                                        _upgradeTo(initialImplementation);
                                                        require(initialImplementation.delegatecall(calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }

                                                File 8 of 11: AuthenticatedProxy
                                                pragma solidity ^0.4.13;
                                                
                                                contract Ownable {
                                                  address public owner;
                                                
                                                
                                                  event OwnershipRenounced(address indexed previousOwner);
                                                  event OwnershipTransferred(
                                                    address indexed previousOwner,
                                                    address indexed newOwner
                                                  );
                                                
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev The Ownable constructor sets the original `owner` of the contract to the sender
                                                   * account.
                                                   */
                                                  constructor() public {
                                                    owner = msg.sender;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                   */
                                                  modifier onlyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == owner);
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit OwnershipTransferred(owner, newOwner);
                                                    owner = newOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to relinquish control of the contract.
                                                   */
                                                  function renounceOwnership() public onlyOwner {
                                                    emit OwnershipRenounced(owner);
                                                    owner = address(0);
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20Basic {
                                                  function totalSupply() public view returns (uint256);
                                                  function balanceOf(address who) public view returns (uint256);
                                                  function transfer(address to, uint256 value) public returns (bool);
                                                  event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ERC20 is ERC20Basic {
                                                  function allowance(address owner, address spender)
                                                    public view returns (uint256);
                                                
                                                  function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 value)
                                                    public returns (bool);
                                                
                                                  function approve(address spender, uint256 value) public returns (bool);
                                                  event Approval(
                                                    address indexed owner,
                                                    address indexed spender,
                                                    uint256 value
                                                  );
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract ProxyRegistry is Ownable {
                                                
                                                    /* DelegateProxy implementation contract. Must be initialized. */
                                                    address public delegateProxyImplementation;
                                                
                                                    /* Authenticated proxies by user. */
                                                    mapping(address => OwnableDelegateProxy) public proxies;
                                                
                                                    /* Contracts pending access. */
                                                    mapping(address => uint) public pending;
                                                
                                                    /* Contracts allowed to call those proxies. */
                                                    mapping(address => bool) public contracts;
                                                
                                                    /* Delay period for adding an authenticated contract.
                                                       This mitigates a particular class of potential attack on the Wyvern DAO (which owns this registry) - if at any point the value of assets held by proxy contracts exceeded the value of half the WYV supply (votes in the DAO),
                                                       a malicious but rational attacker could buy half the Wyvern and grant themselves access to all the proxy contracts. A delay period renders this attack nonthreatening - given two weeks, if that happened, users would have
                                                       plenty of time to notice and transfer their assets.
                                                    */
                                                    uint public DELAY_PERIOD = 2 weeks;
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Start the process to enable access for specified contract. Subject to delay period.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address to which to grant permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function startGrantAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        require(!contracts[addr] && pending[addr] == 0);
                                                        pending[addr] = now;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * End the process to nable access for specified contract after delay period has passed.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address to which to grant permissions
                                                     */
                                                    function endGrantAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        require(!contracts[addr] && pending[addr] != 0 && ((pending[addr] + DELAY_PERIOD) < now));
                                                        pending[addr] = 0;
                                                        contracts[addr] = true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Revoke access for specified contract. Can be done instantly.
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev ProxyRegistry owner only
                                                     * @param addr Address of which to revoke permissions
                                                     */    
                                                    function revokeAuthentication (address addr)
                                                        public
                                                        onlyOwner
                                                    {
                                                        contracts[addr] = false;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Register a proxy contract with this registry
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Must be called by the user which the proxy is for, creates a new AuthenticatedProxy
                                                     * @return New AuthenticatedProxy contract
                                                     */
                                                    function registerProxy()
                                                        public
                                                        returns (OwnableDelegateProxy proxy)
                                                    {
                                                        require(proxies[msg.sender] == address(0));
                                                        proxy = new OwnableDelegateProxy(msg.sender, delegateProxyImplementation, abi.encodeWithSignature("initialize(address,address)", msg.sender, address(this)));
                                                        proxies[msg.sender] = proxy;
                                                        return proxy;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract TokenRecipient {
                                                    event ReceivedEther(address indexed sender, uint amount);
                                                    event ReceivedTokens(address indexed from, uint256 value, address indexed token, bytes extraData);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Receive tokens and generate a log event
                                                     * @param from Address from which to transfer tokens
                                                     * @param value Amount of tokens to transfer
                                                     * @param token Address of token
                                                     * @param extraData Additional data to log
                                                     */
                                                    function receiveApproval(address from, uint256 value, address token, bytes extraData) public {
                                                        ERC20 t = ERC20(token);
                                                        require(t.transferFrom(from, this, value));
                                                        emit ReceivedTokens(from, value, token, extraData);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * @dev Receive Ether and generate a log event
                                                     */
                                                    function () payable public {
                                                        emit ReceivedEther(msg.sender, msg.value);
                                                    }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                  // Current implementation
                                                  address internal _implementation;
                                                
                                                  // Owner of the contract
                                                  address private _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                                   * @return the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeabilityOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Sets the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function setUpgradeabilityOwner(address newUpgradeabilityOwner) internal {
                                                    _upgradeabilityOwner = newUpgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the current implementation
                                                  * @return address of the current implementation
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _implementation;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the proxy type (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Proxy type, 2 for forwarding proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
                                                    return 2;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract AuthenticatedProxy is TokenRecipient, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                    /* Whether initialized. */
                                                    bool initialized = false;
                                                
                                                    /* Address which owns this proxy. */
                                                    address public user;
                                                
                                                    /* Associated registry with contract authentication information. */
                                                    ProxyRegistry public registry;
                                                
                                                    /* Whether access has been revoked. */
                                                    bool public revoked;
                                                
                                                    /* Delegate call could be used to atomically transfer multiple assets owned by the proxy contract with one order. */
                                                    enum HowToCall { Call, DelegateCall }
                                                
                                                    /* Event fired when the proxy access is revoked or unrevoked. */
                                                    event Revoked(bool revoked);
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Initialize an AuthenticatedProxy
                                                     *
                                                     * @param addrUser Address of user on whose behalf this proxy will act
                                                     * @param addrRegistry Address of ProxyRegistry contract which will manage this proxy
                                                     */
                                                    function initialize (address addrUser, ProxyRegistry addrRegistry)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(!initialized);
                                                        initialized = true;
                                                        user = addrUser;
                                                        registry = addrRegistry;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Set the revoked flag (allows a user to revoke ProxyRegistry access)
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Can be called by the user only
                                                     * @param revoke Whether or not to revoke access
                                                     */
                                                    function setRevoke(bool revoke)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(msg.sender == user);
                                                        revoked = revoke;
                                                        emit Revoked(revoke);
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Execute a message call from the proxy contract
                                                     *
                                                     * @dev Can be called by the user, or by a contract authorized by the registry as long as the user has not revoked access
                                                     * @param dest Address to which the call will be sent
                                                     * @param howToCall Which kind of call to make
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata to send
                                                     * @return Result of the call (success or failure)
                                                     */
                                                    function proxy(address dest, HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                        returns (bool result)
                                                    {
                                                        require(msg.sender == user || (!revoked && registry.contracts(msg.sender)));
                                                        if (howToCall == HowToCall.Call) {
                                                            result = dest.call(calldata);
                                                        } else if (howToCall == HowToCall.DelegateCall) {
                                                            result = dest.delegatecall(calldata);
                                                        }
                                                        return result;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /**
                                                     * Execute a message call and assert success
                                                     * 
                                                     * @dev Same functionality as `proxy`, just asserts the return value
                                                     * @param dest Address to which the call will be sent
                                                     * @param howToCall What kind of call to make
                                                     * @param calldata Calldata to send
                                                     */
                                                    function proxyAssert(address dest, HowToCall howToCall, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        require(proxy(dest, howToCall, calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the implementation where every call will be delegated.
                                                  * @return address of the implementation to which it will be delegated
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the type of proxy (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Type of proxy, 2 for upgradeable proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Fallback function allowing to perform a delegatecall to the given implementation.
                                                  * This function will return whatever the implementation call returns
                                                  */
                                                  function () payable public {
                                                    address _impl = implementation();
                                                    require(_impl != address(0));
                                                
                                                    assembly {
                                                      let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                                      calldatacopy(ptr, 0, calldatasize)
                                                      let result := delegatecall(gas, _impl, ptr, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                                                      let size := returndatasize
                                                      returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)
                                                
                                                      switch result
                                                      case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
                                                      default { return(ptr, size) }
                                                    }
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                                  * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                                  * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                                  */
                                                  event ProxyOwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev This event will be emitted every time the implementation gets upgraded
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the upgraded implementation
                                                  */
                                                  event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Upgrades the implementation address
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set
                                                  */
                                                  function _upgradeTo(address implementation) internal {
                                                    require(_implementation != implementation);
                                                    _implementation = implementation;
                                                    emit Upgraded(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                  */
                                                  modifier onlyProxyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == proxyOwner());
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the proxy owner
                                                   * @return the address of the proxy owner
                                                   */
                                                  function proxyOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return upgradeabilityOwner();
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferProxyOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit ProxyOwnershipTransferred(proxyOwner(), newOwner);
                                                    setUpgradeabilityOwner(newOwner);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeTo(address implementation) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    _upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy
                                                   * and delegatecall the new implementation for initialization.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   * @param data represents the msg.data to bet sent in the low level call. This parameter may include the function
                                                   * signature of the implementation to be called with the needed payload
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeToAndCall(address implementation, bytes data) payable public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                    require(address(this).delegatecall(data));
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnableDelegateProxy is OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                                
                                                    constructor(address owner, address initialImplementation, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        setUpgradeabilityOwner(owner);
                                                        _upgradeTo(initialImplementation);
                                                        require(initialImplementation.delegatecall(calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }

                                                File 9 of 11: MerkleValidator
                                                pragma solidity 0.8.11;
                                                
                                                interface IERC721 {
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
                                                    function transferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId) external;
                                                }
                                                
                                                interface IERC1155 {
                                                    function safeTransferFrom(address from, address to, uint256 tokenId, uint256 amount, bytes calldata data) external;
                                                }
                                                
                                                /// @title MerkleValidator enables matching trait-based and collection-based orders for ERC721 and ERC1155 tokens.
                                                /// @author 0age
                                                /// @dev This contract is intended to be called during atomicMatch_ via DELEGATECALL.
                                                contract MerkleValidator {
                                                    /// @dev InvalidProof is thrown on invalid proofs.
                                                    error InvalidProof();
                                                
                                                    /// @dev UnnecessaryProof is thrown in cases where a proof is supplied without a valid root to match against (root = 0)
                                                    error UnnecessaryProof();
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Match an ERC721 order, ensuring that the supplied proof demonstrates inclusion of the tokenId in the associated merkle root.
                                                    /// @param from The account to transfer the ERC721 token from — this token must first be approved on the seller's AuthenticatedProxy contract.
                                                    /// @param to The account to transfer the ERC721 token to.
                                                    /// @param token The ERC721 token to transfer.
                                                    /// @param tokenId The ERC721 tokenId to transfer.
                                                    /// @param root A merkle root derived from each valid tokenId — set to 0 to indicate a collection-level or tokenId-specific order.
                                                    /// @param proof A proof that the supplied tokenId is contained within the associated merkle root. Must be length 0 if root is not set.
                                                    /// @return A boolean indicating a successful match and transfer.
                                                    function matchERC721UsingCriteria(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        IERC721 token,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes32 root,
                                                        bytes32[] calldata proof
                                                    ) external returns (bool) {
                                                    	// Proof verification is performed when there's a non-zero root.
                                                    	if (root != bytes32(0)) {
                                                    		_verifyProof(tokenId, root, proof);
                                                    	} else if (proof.length != 0) {
                                                    		// A root of zero should never have a proof.
                                                    		revert UnnecessaryProof();
                                                    	}
                                                
                                                    	// Transfer the token.
                                                        token.transferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Match an ERC721 order using `safeTransferFrom`, ensuring that the supplied proof demonstrates inclusion of the tokenId in the associated merkle root.
                                                    /// @param from The account to transfer the ERC721 token from — this token must first be approved on the seller's AuthenticatedProxy contract.
                                                    /// @param to The account to transfer the ERC721 token to.
                                                    /// @param token The ERC721 token to transfer.
                                                    /// @param tokenId The ERC721 tokenId to transfer.
                                                    /// @param root A merkle root derived from each valid tokenId — set to 0 to indicate a collection-level or tokenId-specific order.
                                                    /// @param proof A proof that the supplied tokenId is contained within the associated merkle root. Must be length 0 if root is not set.
                                                    /// @return A boolean indicating a successful match and transfer.
                                                    function matchERC721WithSafeTransferUsingCriteria(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        IERC721 token,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        bytes32 root,
                                                        bytes32[] calldata proof
                                                    ) external returns (bool) {
                                                        // Proof verification is performed when there's a non-zero root.
                                                        if (root != bytes32(0)) {
                                                            _verifyProof(tokenId, root, proof);
                                                        } else if (proof.length != 0) {
                                                            // A root of zero should never have a proof.
                                                            revert UnnecessaryProof();
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // Transfer the token.
                                                        token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId);
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Match an ERC1155 order, ensuring that the supplied proof demonstrates inclusion of the tokenId in the associated merkle root.
                                                    /// @param from The account to transfer the ERC1155 token from — this token must first be approved on the seller's AuthenticatedProxy contract.
                                                    /// @param to The account to transfer the ERC1155 token to.
                                                    /// @param token The ERC1155 token to transfer.
                                                    /// @param tokenId The ERC1155 tokenId to transfer.
                                                    /// @param amount The amount of ERC1155 tokens with the given tokenId to transfer.
                                                    /// @param root A merkle root derived from each valid tokenId — set to 0 to indicate a collection-level or tokenId-specific order.
                                                    /// @param proof A proof that the supplied tokenId is contained within the associated merkle root. Must be length 0 if root is not set.
                                                    /// @return A boolean indicating a successful match and transfer.
                                                    function matchERC1155UsingCriteria(
                                                        address from,
                                                        address to,
                                                        IERC1155 token,
                                                        uint256 tokenId,
                                                        uint256 amount,
                                                        bytes32 root,
                                                        bytes32[] calldata proof
                                                    ) external returns (bool) {
                                                        // Proof verification is performed when there's a non-zero root.
                                                        if (root != bytes32(0)) {
                                                            _verifyProof(tokenId, root, proof);
                                                        } else if (proof.length != 0) {
                                                            // A root of zero should never have a proof.
                                                            revert UnnecessaryProof();
                                                        }
                                                
                                                        // Transfer the token.
                                                        token.safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, amount, "");
                                                
                                                        return true;
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Ensure that a given tokenId is contained within a supplied merkle root using a supplied proof.
                                                    /// @param leaf The tokenId.
                                                    /// @param root A merkle root derived from each valid tokenId.
                                                    /// @param proof A proof that the supplied tokenId is contained within the associated merkle root.
                                                    function _verifyProof(
                                                        uint256 leaf,
                                                        bytes32 root,
                                                        bytes32[] memory proof
                                                    ) private pure {
                                                        bytes32 computedHash = bytes32(leaf);
                                                        for (uint256 i = 0; i < proof.length; i++) {
                                                            bytes32 proofElement = proof[i];
                                                            if (computedHash <= proofElement) {
                                                                // Hash(current computed hash + current element of the proof)
                                                                computedHash = _efficientHash(computedHash, proofElement);
                                                            } else {
                                                                // Hash(current element of the proof + current computed hash)
                                                                computedHash = _efficientHash(proofElement, computedHash);
                                                            }
                                                        }
                                                        if (computedHash != root) {
                                                            revert InvalidProof();
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                
                                                    /// @dev Efficiently hash two bytes32 elements using memory scratch space.
                                                    /// @param a The first element included in the hash.
                                                    /// @param b The second element included in the hash.
                                                    /// @return value The resultant hash of the two bytes32 elements.
                                                    function _efficientHash(
                                                        bytes32 a,
                                                        bytes32 b
                                                    ) private pure returns (bytes32 value) {
                                                        assembly {
                                                            mstore(0x00, a)
                                                            mstore(0x20, b)
                                                            value := keccak256(0x00, 0x40)
                                                        }
                                                    }
                                                }

                                                File 10 of 11: OwnableDelegateProxy
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                  // Current implementation
                                                  address internal _implementation;
                                                
                                                  // Owner of the contract
                                                  address private _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                                   * @return the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeabilityOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Sets the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function setUpgradeabilityOwner(address newUpgradeabilityOwner) internal {
                                                    _upgradeabilityOwner = newUpgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the current implementation
                                                  * @return address of the current implementation
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _implementation;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the proxy type (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Proxy type, 2 for forwarding proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
                                                    return 2;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the implementation where every call will be delegated.
                                                  * @return address of the implementation to which it will be delegated
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the type of proxy (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Type of proxy, 2 for upgradeable proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Fallback function allowing to perform a delegatecall to the given implementation.
                                                  * This function will return whatever the implementation call returns
                                                  */
                                                  function () payable public {
                                                    address _impl = implementation();
                                                    require(_impl != address(0));
                                                
                                                    assembly {
                                                      let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                                      calldatacopy(ptr, 0, calldatasize)
                                                      let result := delegatecall(gas, _impl, ptr, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                                                      let size := returndatasize
                                                      returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)
                                                
                                                      switch result
                                                      case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
                                                      default { return(ptr, size) }
                                                    }
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                                  * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                                  * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                                  */
                                                  event ProxyOwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev This event will be emitted every time the implementation gets upgraded
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the upgraded implementation
                                                  */
                                                  event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Upgrades the implementation address
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set
                                                  */
                                                  function _upgradeTo(address implementation) internal {
                                                    require(_implementation != implementation);
                                                    _implementation = implementation;
                                                    emit Upgraded(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                  */
                                                  modifier onlyProxyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == proxyOwner());
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the proxy owner
                                                   * @return the address of the proxy owner
                                                   */
                                                  function proxyOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return upgradeabilityOwner();
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferProxyOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit ProxyOwnershipTransferred(proxyOwner(), newOwner);
                                                    setUpgradeabilityOwner(newOwner);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeTo(address implementation) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    _upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy
                                                   * and delegatecall the new implementation for initialization.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   * @param data represents the msg.data to bet sent in the low level call. This parameter may include the function
                                                   * signature of the implementation to be called with the needed payload
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeToAndCall(address implementation, bytes data) payable public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                    require(address(this).delegatecall(data));
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                contract OwnableDelegateProxy is OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                                
                                                    constructor(address owner, address initialImplementation, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        setUpgradeabilityOwner(owner);
                                                        _upgradeTo(initialImplementation);
                                                        require(initialImplementation.delegatecall(calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }

                                                File 11 of 11: OwnableDelegateProxy
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                
                                                  // Current implementation
                                                  address internal _implementation;
                                                
                                                  // Owner of the contract
                                                  address private _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the owner
                                                   * @return the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeabilityOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _upgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Sets the address of the owner
                                                   */
                                                  function setUpgradeabilityOwner(address newUpgradeabilityOwner) internal {
                                                    _upgradeabilityOwner = newUpgradeabilityOwner;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the current implementation
                                                  * @return address of the current implementation
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return _implementation;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the proxy type (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Proxy type, 2 for forwarding proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId) {
                                                    return 2;
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                
                                                contract Proxy {
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the address of the implementation where every call will be delegated.
                                                  * @return address of the implementation to which it will be delegated
                                                  */
                                                  function implementation() public view returns (address);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Tells the type of proxy (EIP 897)
                                                  * @return Type of proxy, 2 for upgradeable proxy
                                                  */
                                                  function proxyType() public pure returns (uint256 proxyTypeId);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Fallback function allowing to perform a delegatecall to the given implementation.
                                                  * This function will return whatever the implementation call returns
                                                  */
                                                  function () payable public {
                                                    address _impl = implementation();
                                                    require(_impl != address(0));
                                                
                                                    assembly {
                                                      let ptr := mload(0x40)
                                                      calldatacopy(ptr, 0, calldatasize)
                                                      let result := delegatecall(gas, _impl, ptr, calldatasize, 0, 0)
                                                      let size := returndatasize
                                                      returndatacopy(ptr, 0, size)
                                                
                                                      switch result
                                                      case 0 { revert(ptr, size) }
                                                      default { return(ptr, size) }
                                                    }
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                contract OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy is Proxy, OwnedUpgradeabilityStorage {
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Event to show ownership has been transferred
                                                  * @param previousOwner representing the address of the previous owner
                                                  * @param newOwner representing the address of the new owner
                                                  */
                                                  event ProxyOwnershipTransferred(address previousOwner, address newOwner);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev This event will be emitted every time the implementation gets upgraded
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the upgraded implementation
                                                  */
                                                  event Upgraded(address indexed implementation);
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Upgrades the implementation address
                                                  * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set
                                                  */
                                                  function _upgradeTo(address implementation) internal {
                                                    require(_implementation != implementation);
                                                    _implementation = implementation;
                                                    emit Upgraded(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                  * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
                                                  */
                                                  modifier onlyProxyOwner() {
                                                    require(msg.sender == proxyOwner());
                                                    _;
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Tells the address of the proxy owner
                                                   * @return the address of the proxy owner
                                                   */
                                                  function proxyOwner() public view returns (address) {
                                                    return upgradeabilityOwner();
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the current owner to transfer control of the contract to a newOwner.
                                                   * @param newOwner The address to transfer ownership to.
                                                   */
                                                  function transferProxyOwnership(address newOwner) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    require(newOwner != address(0));
                                                    emit ProxyOwnershipTransferred(proxyOwner(), newOwner);
                                                    setUpgradeabilityOwner(newOwner);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeTo(address implementation) public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    _upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                  }
                                                
                                                  /**
                                                   * @dev Allows the upgradeability owner to upgrade the current implementation of the proxy
                                                   * and delegatecall the new implementation for initialization.
                                                   * @param implementation representing the address of the new implementation to be set.
                                                   * @param data represents the msg.data to bet sent in the low level call. This parameter may include the function
                                                   * signature of the implementation to be called with the needed payload
                                                   */
                                                  function upgradeToAndCall(address implementation, bytes data) payable public onlyProxyOwner {
                                                    upgradeTo(implementation);
                                                    require(address(this).delegatecall(data));
                                                  }
                                                }
                                                
                                                
                                                contract OwnableDelegateProxy is OwnedUpgradeabilityProxy {
                                                
                                                    constructor(address owner, address initialImplementation, bytes calldata)
                                                        public
                                                    {
                                                        setUpgradeabilityOwner(owner);
                                                        _upgradeTo(initialImplementation);
                                                        require(initialImplementation.delegatecall(calldata));
                                                    }
                                                
                                                }